diff options
| author | Ronald Cron <ronald.cron@arm.com> | 2014-08-19 13:29:52 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | oliviermartin <oliviermartin@6f19259b-4bc3-4df7-8a09-765794883524> | 2014-08-19 13:29:52 +0000 |
| commit | 3402aac7d985bf8a9f9d3c639f3fe93609380513 (patch) | |
| tree | 67b11334dc45181581aaaac236243fe72c7f614c /EmbeddedPkg | |
| parent | 62d441fb17d59958bf00c4a1f3b52bf6a0b40b24 (diff) | |
| download | edk2-platforms-3402aac7d985bf8a9f9d3c639f3fe93609380513.tar.xz | |
ARM Packages: Removed trailing spaces
Trailing spaces create issue/warning when generating/applying patches.
Contributed-under: TianoCore Contribution Agreement 1.0
Signed-off-by: Ronald Cron <ronald.cron@arm.com>
Reviewed-By: Olivier Martin <olivier.martin@arm.com>
git-svn-id: https://svn.code.sf.net/p/edk2/code/trunk/edk2@15833 6f19259b-4bc3-4df7-8a09-765794883524
Diffstat (limited to 'EmbeddedPkg')
114 files changed, 2282 insertions, 2288 deletions
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/CmdTemplate.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/CmdTemplate.c index e19d63a8b0..2c291fcaea 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/CmdTemplate.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/CmdTemplate.c @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Argv[0] - "%CommandName%"
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Command.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Command.c index 78ddcd1936..7c00bcae85 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Command.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Command.c @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ EBL_COMMAND_TABLE *mCmdTable[EBL_MAX_COMMAND_COUNT]; @param chr one Ascii character
- @return The uppercase value of Ascii character
+ @return The uppercase value of Ascii character
**/
STATIC
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ AsciiToUpper ( FirstString is identical to SecondString, then 0 is returned. Otherwise, the
value returned is the first mismatched Unicode character in SecondString
subtracted from the first mismatched Unicode character in FirstString.
-
- @param FirstString Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
+
+ @param FirstString Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
@param SecondString Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
@param Length Max length to compare.
-
+
@retval 0 FirstString is identical to SecondString using case insensitive
comparisons.
@retval !=0 FirstString is not identical to SecondString using case
@@ -85,15 +85,15 @@ AsciiStrniCmp ( SecondString++;
Length--;
}
-
+
return AsciiToUpper (*FirstString) - AsciiToUpper (*SecondString);
}
/**
- Add a command to the mCmdTable. If there is no free space in the command
- table ASSERT. The mCmdTable is maintained in alphabetical order and the
+ Add a command to the mCmdTable. If there is no free space in the command
+ table ASSERT. The mCmdTable is maintained in alphabetical order and the
new entry is inserted into its sorted position.
@param Entry Command Entry to add to the CmdTable
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ EblAddCommand ( if (AsciiStriCmp (mCmdTable[Count - 1]->Name, Entry->Name) <= 0) {
break;
}
-
+
mCmdTable[Count] = mCmdTable[Count - 1];
}
mCmdTable[Count] = (EBL_COMMAND_TABLE *)Entry;
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ EblAddCommand ( /**
- Add an set of commands to the command table. Most commonly used on static
+ Add an set of commands to the command table. Most commonly used on static
array of commands.
@param EntryArray Pointer to array of command entries
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ EBL_ADD_COMMAND_PROTOCOL gEblAddCommand = { /**
- Return the best matching command for the passed in command name. The match
+ Return the best matching command for the passed in command name. The match
does not have to be exact, it just needs to be unique. This enables commands
to be shortened to the smallest set of starting characters that is unique.
@@ -193,9 +193,9 @@ EblGetCommand ( if (Str != NULL) {
// If the command includes a trailing . command extension skip it for the match.
// Example: hexdump.4
- Length = (UINTN)(Str - CommandName);
+ Length = (UINTN)(Str - CommandName);
}
-
+
for (Index = 0, BestMatchCount = 0, Match = NULL; Index < mCmdTableNextFreeIndex; Index++) {
if (AsciiStriCmp (mCmdTable[Index]->Name, CommandName) == 0) {
// match a command exactly
@@ -226,30 +226,30 @@ CountNewLines ( )
{
UINTN Count;
-
+
if (Str == NULL) {
return 0;
}
-
+
for (Count = 0; *Str != '\0'; Str++) {
if (Str[Count] == '\n') {
Count++;
}
}
-
+
return Count;
}
/**
- List out help information on all the commands or print extended information
+ List out help information on all the commands or print extended information
about a specific passed in command.
Argv[0] - "help"
Argv[1] - Command to display help about
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ EblHelpCmd ( }
}
} else if (Argv[1] != NULL) {
- // Print specific help
+ // Print specific help
for (Index = 0, CurrentRow = 0; Index < mCmdTableNextFreeIndex; Index++) {
if (AsciiStriCmp (Argv[1], mCmdTable[Index]->Name) == 0) {
Ptr = (mCmdTable[Index]->Help == NULL) ? mCmdTable[Index]->HelpSummary : mCmdTable[Index]->Help;
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ EblHelpCmd ( Argv[0] - "exit"
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_ABORTED
@@ -326,14 +326,14 @@ EblExitCmd ( UINT32 DescriptorVersion;
UINTN Pages;
- if (Argc > 1) {
+ if (Argc > 1) {
if (AsciiStriCmp (Argv[1], "efi") != 0) {
return EFI_ABORTED;
}
} else if (Argc == 1) {
return EFI_ABORTED;
}
-
+
MemoryMap = NULL;
MemoryMapSize = 0;
do {
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ EblExitCmd ( Pages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (MemoryMapSize) + 1;
MemoryMap = AllocatePages (Pages);
-
+
//
// Get System MemoryMap
//
@@ -375,9 +375,9 @@ EblExitCmd ( // At this point it is very dangerous to do things EFI as most of EFI is now gone.
// This command is useful if you are working with a debugger as it will shutdown
// DMA and other things that could break a soft resets.
- //
+ //
CpuDeadLoop ();
-
+
// Should never get here, but makes the compiler happy
return EFI_ABORTED;
}
@@ -385,8 +385,8 @@ EblExitCmd ( /**
Update the screen by decrementing the timeout value.
- This AsciiPrint has to match the AsciiPrint in
- EblPauseCmd.
+ This AsciiPrint has to match the AsciiPrint in
+ EblPauseCmd.
@param ElaspedTime Current timeout value remaining
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ EblPauseCallback ( Argv[1] - timeout value is decimal seconds
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS Timeout expired with no input
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ EblPauseCmd ( Argv[0] - "break"
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ EblBreakPointCmd ( Argv[1] - warm or shutdown reset type
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ EblResetCmd ( case 's':
ResetType = EfiResetShutdown;
}
- }
+ }
gRT->ResetSystem (ResetType, EFI_SUCCESS, 0, NULL);
return EFI_SUCCESS;
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ EblResetCmd ( Argv[1] - on or off
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ EblPageCmd ( )
{
if (Argc <= 1) {
- // toggle setting
+ // toggle setting
gPageBreak = (gPageBreak) ? FALSE : TRUE;
} else {
// use argv to set the value
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ GetBytes ( }
if (Bytes >= 2) {
Result = (Result << 8) + *Address++;
- }
+ }
if (Bytes >= 3) {
Result = (Result << 8) + *Address++;
}
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ OutputData ( AsciiPrint ("%08x: ", Offset);
for (Line = 0; (Line < 0x10) && (Address < EndAddress);) {
Bytes = EndAddress - Address;
-
+
switch (Width) {
case 4:
if (Bytes >= 4) {
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ OutputData ( Blanks[Spaces] = '\0';
AsciiPrint(Blanks);
-
+
Blanks[Spaces] = ' ';
}
@@ -682,15 +682,15 @@ OutputData ( if (Length % Width != 0) {
AsciiPrint ("%08x\n", Offset);
}
-
+
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
/**
See if command contains .# where # is a number. Return # as the Width
- or 1 as the default Width for commands.
-
+ or 1 as the default Width for commands.
+
Example hexdump.4 returns a width of 4.
@param Argv Argv[0] is the command name
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ WidthFromCommandName ( {
CHAR8 *Str;
UINTN Width;
-
+
//Hexdump.2 HexDump.4 mean use a different width
Str = AsciiStrStr (Argv, ".");
if (Str != NULL) {
@@ -728,13 +728,13 @@ WidthFromCommandName ( Toggle page break global. This turns on and off prompting to Quit or hit any
key to continue when a command is about to scroll the screen with its output
- Argv[0] - "hexdump"[.#] # is optional 1,2, or 4 for width
- Argv[1] - Device or File to dump.
+ Argv[0] - "hexdump"[.#] # is optional 1,2, or 4 for width
+ Argv[1] - Device or File to dump.
Argv[2] - Optional offset to start dumping
Argv[3] - Optional number of bytes to dump
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ EblHexdumpCmd ( if ((Argc < 2) || (Argc > 4)) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
Width = WidthFromCommandName (Argv[0], 1);
if ((Width != 1) && (Width != 2) && (Width != 4)) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
@@ -778,13 +778,13 @@ EblHexdumpCmd ( // Make sure size includes the part of the file we have skipped
Size += Offset;
}
- }
+ }
Status = EfiSeek (File, Offset, EfiSeekStart);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
goto Exit;
}
-
+
for (; Offset + HEXDUMP_CHUNK <= Size; Offset += Chunk) {
Chunk = HEXDUMP_CHUNK;
Status = EfiRead (File, Location, &Chunk);
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ EblHexdumpCmd ( goto Exit;
}
}
-
+
// Any left over?
if (Offset < Size) {
Chunk = Size - Offset;
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ EblInitializeCmdTable ( {
EblAddCommands (mCmdTemplate, sizeof (mCmdTemplate)/sizeof (EBL_COMMAND_TABLE));
-
+
gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (
&gExternalCmdHandle,
&gEfiEblAddCommandProtocolGuid,
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Dir.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Dir.c index 5e28ecf61a..c45f67b95b 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Dir.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Dir.c @@ -40,22 +40,22 @@ GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CHAR8 *gFvFileType[] = { /**
Perform a dir on a device. The device must support Simple File System Protocol
- or the FV protocol.
+ or the FV protocol.
Argv[0] - "dir"
- Argv[1] - Device Name:path. Path is optional
+ Argv[1] - Device Name:path. Path is optional
Argv[2] - Optional filename to match on. A leading * means match substring
Argv[3] - Optional FV file type
dir fs1:\efi ; perform a dir on fs1: device in the efi directory
- dir fs1:\efi *.efi; perform a dir on fs1: device in the efi directory but
+ dir fs1:\efi *.efi; perform a dir on fs1: device in the efi directory but
only print out files that contain the string *.efi
- dir fv1:\ ; perform a dir on fv1: device in the efi directory
+ dir fv1:\ ; perform a dir on fv1: device in the efi directory
NOTE: fv devices do not contain subdirs
dir fv1:\ * PEIM ; will match all files of type PEIM
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ EblDirCmd ( EFI_OPEN_FILE *File;
EFI_FILE_INFO *DirInfo;
UINTN ReadSize;
- UINTN CurrentRow;
+ UINTN CurrentRow;
CHAR16 *MatchSubString;
EFI_STATUS GetNextFileStatus;
UINTN Key;
@@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ EblDirCmd ( do {
Type = SearchType;
GetNextFileStatus = Fv->GetNextFile (
- Fv,
+ Fv,
&Key,
- &Type,
- &NameGuid,
- &Attributes,
+ &Type,
+ &NameGuid,
+ &Attributes,
&Size
);
if (!EFI_ERROR (GetNextFileStatus)) {
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ EblDirCmd ( Size = 0;
Status = Fv->ReadFile (
Fv,
- &NameGuid,
+ &NameGuid,
Section,
&Size,
&Type,
@@ -173,10 +173,10 @@ EblDirCmd ( &AuthenticationStatus
);
if (!((Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) || !EFI_ERROR (Status))) {
- // EFI_SUCCESS or EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL mean size is valid
+ // EFI_SUCCESS or EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL mean size is valid
Size = 0;
}
-
+
TypeStr = (Type <= EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE) ? gFvFileType[Type] : "UNKNOWN";
// read the UI seciton to do a name match.
@@ -208,12 +208,12 @@ EblDirCmd ( }
}
} while (!EFI_ERROR (GetNextFileStatus));
-
+
if (SearchType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL) {
AsciiPrint ("%,20d bytes in files %,d bytes free\n", TotalSize, File->FvSize - File->FvHeaderSize - TotalSize);
}
-
-
+
+
} else if ((File->Type == EfiOpenFileSystem) || (File->Type == EfiOpenBlockIo)) {
// Simple File System DIR
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ EblDirCmd ( if (UnicodeFileName[0] == '*') {
MatchSubString = &UnicodeFileName[1];
}
- }
+ }
File->FsFileHandle->SetPosition (File->FsFileHandle, 0);
for (CurrentRow = 0;;) {
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ EblDirCmd ( if (DirInfo == NULL) {
goto Done;
}
-
+
// Read the data
Status = File->FsFileHandle->Read (File->FsFileHandle, &ReadSize, DirInfo);
if ((EFI_ERROR (Status)) || (ReadSize == 0)) {
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ EblDirCmd ( } else {
break;
}
-
+
if (MatchSubString != NULL) {
if (StrStr (&DirInfo->FileName[0], MatchSubString) == NULL) {
// does not match *name argument, so skip
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ EblDirCmd ( if (EblAnyKeyToContinueQtoQuit (&CurrentRow, FALSE)) {
break;
}
-
+
FreePool (DirInfo);
}
@@ -297,10 +297,10 @@ Done: Change the Current Working Directory
Argv[0] - "cd"
- Argv[1] - Device Name:path. Path is optional
+ Argv[1] - Device Name:path. Path is optional
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -314,8 +314,8 @@ EblCdCmd ( {
if (Argc <= 1) {
return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
+ }
+
return EfiSetCwd (Argv[1]);
}
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ VOID EblInitializeDirCmd (
VOID
)
-{
+{
if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdEmbeddedDirCmd)) {
EblAddCommands (mCmdDirTemplate, sizeof (mCmdDirTemplate)/sizeof (EBL_COMMAND_TABLE));
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Ebl.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Ebl.h index 44c44fb0fc..c2242df9e0 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Ebl.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Ebl.h @@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ #define __EBL_H__
#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>
-#include <Protocol/SimpleFileSystem.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
-#include <Protocol/LoadFile.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolumeBlock.h>
-#include <Protocol/PxeBaseCode.h>
-#include <Protocol/LoadedImage.h>
+#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>
+#include <Protocol/SimpleFileSystem.h>
+#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
+#include <Protocol/LoadFile.h>
+#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolumeBlock.h>
+#include <Protocol/PxeBaseCode.h>
+#include <Protocol/LoadedImage.h>
#include <Protocol/EblAddCommand.h>
#include <Protocol/PciIo.h>
#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ OutputData ( IN UINTN Width,
IN UINTN Offset
);
-
+
UINTN
WidthFromCommandName (
IN CHAR8 *Argv,
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Ebl.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Ebl.inf index 7c302337a5..91a82d9f8c 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Ebl.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Ebl.inf @@ -44,43 +44,43 @@ Ebl.h
Network.c
Variable.c
-
+
[Packages]
MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
+
[LibraryClasses]
- DebugLib
- UefiLib
- UefiApplicationEntryPoint
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- DevicePathLib
- IoLib
- PrintLib
- PcdLib
- EfiFileLib
+ DebugLib
+ UefiLib
+ UefiApplicationEntryPoint
+ UefiBootServicesTableLib
+ UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ MemoryAllocationLib
+ DevicePathLib
+ IoLib
+ PrintLib
+ PcdLib
+ EfiFileLib
HobLib
- BaseLib
+ BaseLib
EblCmdLib
EblNetworkLib
[LibraryClasses.ARM]
SemihostLib
-
-[Protocols.common]
- gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid
- gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid
- gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid
+
+[Protocols.common]
+ gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid
+ gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid
+ gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid
gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid
- gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid
- gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid
- gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid
+ gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid
+ gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid
+ gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid
gEfiEblAddCommandProtocolGuid
gEfiDiskIoProtocolGuid
gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/EfiDevice.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/EfiDevice.c index c623bd8b7e..7d2060936d 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/EfiDevice.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/EfiDevice.c @@ -157,23 +157,23 @@ EblPrintLoadFileInfo ( if (File->DevicePath != NULL) {
// Try to print out the MAC address
- for (DevicePathNode = File->DevicePath;
- !IsDevicePathEnd (DevicePathNode);
+ for (DevicePathNode = File->DevicePath;
+ !IsDevicePathEnd (DevicePathNode);
DevicePathNode = NextDevicePathNode (DevicePathNode)) {
-
+
if ((DevicePathType (DevicePathNode) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) && (DevicePathSubType (DevicePathNode) == MSG_MAC_ADDR_DP)) {
MacAddr = (MAC_ADDR_DEVICE_PATH *)DevicePathNode;
-
+
HwAddressSize = sizeof (EFI_MAC_ADDRESS);
if (MacAddr->IfType == 0x01 || MacAddr->IfType == 0x00) {
HwAddressSize = 6;
}
-
+
AsciiPrint ("MAC ");
for (Index = 0; Index < HwAddressSize; Index++) {
AsciiPrint ("%02x", MacAddr->MacAddress.Addr[Index] & 0xff);
}
- }
+ }
}
}
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ EblPrintLoadFileInfo ( /**
- Dump information about devices in the system.
+ Dump information about devices in the system.
fv: PI Firmware Volume
fs: EFI Simple File System
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ EblPrintLoadFileInfo ( Argv[0] - "device"
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ EblDeviceCmd ( }
}
}
-
+
Max = EfiGetDeviceCounts (EfiOpenLoadFile);
if (Max != 0) {
AsciiPrint ("LoadFile Devices: (usually network)\n");
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ EblDeviceCmd ( /**
- Start an EFI image (PE32+ with EFI defined entry point).
+ Start an EFI image (PE32+ with EFI defined entry point).
Argv[0] - "start"
Argv[1] - device name and path
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ EblDeviceCmd ( start LoadFile0: ; load an FV via a PXE boot
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ EblStartCmd ( File = EfiOpen (Argv[1], EFI_FILE_MODE_READ, 0);
if (File == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
DevicePath = File->DevicePath;
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ EblStartCmd ( FreePool (Buffer);
}
-
+
EfiClose (File);
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ EblStartCmd ( // We don't pass Argv[0] to the EFI Application (it's name) just the args
Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (ImageHandle, &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&ImageInfo);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+
ImageInfo->LoadOptionsSize = (UINT32)AsciiStrSize (Argv[2]);
ImageInfo->LoadOptions = AllocatePool (ImageInfo->LoadOptionsSize);
AsciiStrCpy (ImageInfo->LoadOptions, Argv[2]);
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ EblStartCmd ( /**
Load a Firmware Volume (FV) into memory from a device. This causes drivers in
the FV to be dispatched if the dependencies of the drivers are met.
-
+
Argv[0] - "loadfv"
Argv[1] - device name and path
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ EblStartCmd ( loadfv LoadFile0: ; load an FV via a PXE boot
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ EblLoadFvCmd ( File = EfiOpen (Argv[1], EFI_FILE_MODE_READ, 0);
if (File == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
if (File->Type == EfiOpenMemoryBuffer) {
@@ -401,25 +401,25 @@ EblLoadFvCmd ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return Status;
}
-
+
Status = gDS->ProcessFirmwareVolume (FvStart, FvSize, &FvHandle);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
FreePool (FvStart);
- }
+ }
}
return Status;
}
/**
- Perform an EFI connect to connect devices that follow the EFI driver model.
+ Perform an EFI connect to connect devices that follow the EFI driver model.
If it is a PI system also call the dispatcher in case a new FV was made
available by one of the connect EFI drivers (this is not a common case).
-
+
Argv[0] - "connect"
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -451,11 +451,11 @@ EblConnectCmd ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return Status;
}
-
+
for (Index = 0; Index < HandleCount; Index++) {
gBS->DisconnectController (HandleBuffer[Index], NULL, NULL);
}
-
+
//
// Given we disconnect our console we should go and do a connect now
//
@@ -537,11 +537,11 @@ CHAR8 *gMemMapType[] = { /**
Dump out the EFI memory map
-
+
Argv[0] - "memmap"
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ EblMemMapCmd ( ZeroMem (PageCount, sizeof (PageCount));
AsciiPrint ("EFI Memory Map\n");
-
+
// First call is to figure out how big the buffer needs to be
MemMapSize = 0;
MemMap = NULL;
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ EblMemMapCmd ( MemMap = NEXT_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR (MemMap, DescriptorSize);
}
}
-
+
for (Index = 0, TotalMemory = 0; Index < EfiMaxMemoryType; Index++) {
if (PageCount[Index] != 0) {
AsciiPrint ("\n %a %,7ld Pages (%,14ld)", gMemMapType[Index], PageCount[Index], LShiftU64 (PageCount[Index], 12));
@@ -630,27 +630,27 @@ EblMemMapCmd ( /**
Load a file into memory and optionally jump to it. A load address can be
specified or automatically allocated. A quoted command line can optionally
- be passed into the image.
+ be passed into the image.
Argv[0] - "go"
Argv[1] - Device Name:path for the file to load
Argv[2] - Address to load to or '*' if the load address will be allocated
Argv[3] - Optional Entry point to the image. Image will be called if present
- Argv[4] - "" string that will be passed as Argc & Argv to EntryPoint. Needs
+ Argv[4] - "" string that will be passed as Argc & Argv to EntryPoint. Needs
to include the command name
- go fv1:\EblCmdX 0x10000 0x10010 "EblCmdX Arg2 Arg3 Arg4"; - load EblCmdX
- from FV1 to location 0x10000 and call the entry point at 0x10010 passing
+ go fv1:\EblCmdX 0x10000 0x10010 "EblCmdX Arg2 Arg3 Arg4"; - load EblCmdX
+ from FV1 to location 0x10000 and call the entry point at 0x10010 passing
in "EblCmdX Arg2 Arg3 Arg4" as the arguments.
- go fv0:\EblCmdX * 0x10 "EblCmdX Arg2 Arg3 Arg4"; - load EblCmdX from FS0
+ go fv0:\EblCmdX * 0x10 "EblCmdX Arg2 Arg3 Arg4"; - load EblCmdX from FS0
to location allocated by this command and call the entry point at offset 0x10
passing in "EblCmdX Arg2 Arg3 Arg4" as the arguments.
go fv1:\EblCmdX 0x10000; Load EblCmdX to address 0x10000 and return
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ EblGoCmd ( EBL_COMMMAND EntryPoint;
UINTN EntryPointArgc;
CHAR8 *EntryPointArgv[MAX_ARGS];
-
+
if (Argc <= 2) {
// device name and laod address are required
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ EblGoCmd ( if (Argv[2][0] == '*') {
// * Means allocate the buffer
Status = EfiReadAllocatePool (File, &Address, &Size);
-
+
// EntryPoint is relative to the start of the image
EntryPoint = (EBL_COMMMAND)((UINTN)EntryPoint + (UINTN)Address);
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ EblGoCmd ( EntryPointArgc = 1;
EntryPointArgv[0] = File->FileName;
}
-
+
Status = EntryPoint (EntryPointArgc, EntryPointArgv);
}
}
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ EblFileCopyCmd ( if (Argc < 3) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
DestFileName = Argv[2];
FileNameLen = AsciiStrLen (DestFileName);
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ EblFileCopyCmd ( AsciiPrint("Source file open error.\n");
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
+
Destination = EfiOpen(DestFileName, EFI_FILE_MODE_READ | EFI_FILE_MODE_WRITE | EFI_FILE_MODE_CREATE, 0);
if (Destination == NULL) {
AsciiPrint("Destination file open error.\n");
@@ -799,12 +799,12 @@ EblFileCopyCmd ( if (Buffer == NULL) {
goto Exit;
}
-
+
Size = EfiTell(Source, NULL);
for (Offset = 0; Offset + FILE_COPY_CHUNK <= Size; Offset += Chunk) {
Chunk = FILE_COPY_CHUNK;
-
+
Status = EfiRead(Source, Buffer, &Chunk);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("Read file error %r\n", Status);
@@ -815,13 +815,13 @@ EblFileCopyCmd ( if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("Write file error %r\n", Status);
goto Exit;
- }
+ }
}
-
+
// Any left over?
if (Offset < Size) {
Chunk = Size - Offset;
-
+
Status = EfiRead(Source, Buffer, &Chunk);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("Read file error %r\n", Status);
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ EblFileCopyCmd ( if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("Write file error %r\n", Status);
goto Exit;
- }
+ }
}
@@ -854,11 +854,11 @@ Exit: FreePool (DestFileName);
}
}
-
+
if (Buffer != NULL) {
FreePool(Buffer);
}
-
+
return Status;
}
@@ -877,17 +877,17 @@ EblFileDiffCmd ( UINTN Size2;
UINTN Offset;
UINTN Chunk = FILE_COPY_CHUNK;
-
+
if (Argc != 3) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
File1 = EfiOpen(Argv[1], EFI_FILE_MODE_READ, 0);
if (File1 == NULL) {
AsciiPrint("File 1 open error.\n");
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
+
File2 = EfiOpen(Argv[2], EFI_FILE_MODE_READ, 0);
if (File2 == NULL) {
AsciiPrint("File 2 open error.\n");
@@ -906,15 +906,15 @@ EblFileDiffCmd ( if (Buffer1 == NULL) {
goto Exit;
}
-
+
Buffer2 = AllocatePool(FILE_COPY_CHUNK);
if (Buffer2 == NULL) {
goto Exit;
- }
+ }
for (Offset = 0; Offset + FILE_COPY_CHUNK <= Size1; Offset += Chunk) {
Chunk = FILE_COPY_CHUNK;
-
+
Status = EfiRead(File1, Buffer1, &Chunk);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("File 1 read error\n");
@@ -926,17 +926,17 @@ EblFileDiffCmd ( AsciiPrint("File 2 read error\n");
goto Exit;
}
-
+
if (CompareMem(Buffer1, Buffer2, Chunk) != 0) {
AsciiPrint("Files differ.\n");
goto Exit;
};
}
-
+
// Any left over?
if (Offset < Size1) {
Chunk = Size1 - Offset;
-
+
Status = EfiRead(File1, Buffer1, &Chunk);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("File 1 read error\n");
@@ -947,9 +947,9 @@ EblFileDiffCmd ( if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("File 2 read error\n");
goto Exit;
- }
+ }
}
-
+
if (CompareMem(Buffer1, Buffer2, Chunk) != 0) {
AsciiPrint("Files differ.\n");
} else {
@@ -963,22 +963,22 @@ Exit: AsciiPrint("File 1 close error %r\n", Status);
}
}
-
+
if (File2 != NULL) {
Status = EfiClose(File2);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("File 2 close error %r\n", Status);
}
}
-
+
if (Buffer1 != NULL) {
FreePool(Buffer1);
}
-
+
if (Buffer2 != NULL) {
FreePool(Buffer2);
}
-
+
return Status;
}
@@ -998,25 +998,25 @@ GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED const EBL_COMMAND_TABLE mCmdDeviceTemplate[] = },
{
"go",
- " dev:path loadaddress entrypoint args; load to given address and jump in",
+ " dev:path loadaddress entrypoint args; load to given address and jump in",
NULL,
EblGoCmd
},
{
"loadfv",
- " devname; Load PI FV from device",
+ " devname; Load PI FV from device",
NULL,
EblLoadFvCmd
},
{
"start",
- " path; EFI Boot Device:filepath. fs1:\\EFI\\BOOT.EFI",
+ " path; EFI Boot Device:filepath. fs1:\\EFI\\BOOT.EFI",
NULL,
EblStartCmd
},
{
"memmap",
- "; dump EFI memory map",
+ "; dump EFI memory map",
NULL,
EblMemMapCmd
},
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Hob.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Hob.c index b8c1c52752..8b7a52e139 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Hob.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Hob.c @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ **/
#include "Ebl.h"
-// BugBug: Autogen does not allow this to be included currently
+// BugBug: Autogen does not allow this to be included currently
//#include <EdkModulePkg/Include/EdkDxe.h>
GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED char *mHobResourceType[] = {
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED char *mHobResourceType[] = { Argv[0] - "hob"
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -129,9 +129,9 @@ EblHobCmd ( CurrentRow = 0;
for (Hob.Raw = GetHobList (); !END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob); Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob)) {
if (Hob.Header->HobType == EFI_HOB_TYPE_HANDOFF) {
- AsciiPrint ("PHIT HOB Ver %x Boot Mode %02x Top %lx Bottom %lx\n",
- Hob.HandoffInformationTable->Version,
- Hob.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode,
+ AsciiPrint ("PHIT HOB Ver %x Boot Mode %02x Top %lx Bottom %lx\n",
+ Hob.HandoffInformationTable->Version,
+ Hob.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode,
Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiMemoryTop,
Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiMemoryBottom
);
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ EblHobCmd ( return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
- AsciiPrint (" Free Top %lx Free Bottom %lx End Of HOB %lx\n",
+ AsciiPrint (" Free Top %lx Free Bottom %lx End Of HOB %lx\n",
Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryTop,
Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryBottom,
Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiEndOfHobList
@@ -149,9 +149,9 @@ EblHobCmd ( } else if (Hob.Header->HobType == EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION) {
// mod(%) on array index is just to prevent buffer overrun
AsciiPrint ("Mem Alloc HOB %a %g %08lx:%lx\n",
- (Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryType < EfiMaxMemoryType) ? gMemMapType[Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryType] : "ILLEGAL TYPE",
- &Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.Name,
- Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress,
+ (Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryType < EfiMaxMemoryType) ? gMemMapType[Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryType] : "ILLEGAL TYPE",
+ &Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.Name,
+ Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress,
Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength
);
if (CompareGuid (&gEfiHobMemoryAllocModuleGuid, &Hob.MemoryAllocation->AllocDescriptor.Name)) {
@@ -163,9 +163,9 @@ EblHobCmd ( } else if (Hob.Header->HobType == EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) {
AsciiPrint ("Resource HOB %a %g %08lx:%lx\n Attributes: %08x\n",
(Hob.ResourceDescriptor->ResourceType < EFI_RESOURCE_MAX_MEMORY_TYPE) ? mHobResourceType[Hob.ResourceDescriptor->ResourceType] : mHobResourceType[EFI_RESOURCE_MAX_MEMORY_TYPE],
- &Hob.ResourceDescriptor->Owner,
- Hob.ResourceDescriptor->PhysicalStart,
- Hob.ResourceDescriptor->ResourceLength,
+ &Hob.ResourceDescriptor->Owner,
+ Hob.ResourceDescriptor->PhysicalStart,
+ Hob.ResourceDescriptor->ResourceLength,
Hob.ResourceDescriptor->ResourceAttribute
);
if (EblAnyKeyToContinueQtoQuit (&CurrentRow, FALSE)) {
@@ -179,16 +179,16 @@ EblHobCmd ( if (EblAnyKeyToContinueQtoQuit (&CurrentRow, FALSE)) {
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
- AsciiPrint (" %a 0x%08x\n",
- (EfiMemoryTypeInformation->Type < EfiMaxMemoryType) ? gMemMapType[EfiMemoryTypeInformation->Type] : "END ",
+ AsciiPrint (" %a 0x%08x\n",
+ (EfiMemoryTypeInformation->Type < EfiMaxMemoryType) ? gMemMapType[EfiMemoryTypeInformation->Type] : "END ",
EfiMemoryTypeInformation->NumberOfPages
);
}
}
} else if (Hob.Header->HobType == EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV) {
- AsciiPrint ("FV HOB %08lx:%08lx\n", Hob.FirmwareVolume->BaseAddress, Hob.FirmwareVolume->Length);
+ AsciiPrint ("FV HOB %08lx:%08lx\n", Hob.FirmwareVolume->BaseAddress, Hob.FirmwareVolume->Length);
} else if (Hob.Header->HobType == EFI_HOB_TYPE_CPU) {
- AsciiPrint ("CPU HOB: Mem %x IO %x\n", Hob.Cpu->SizeOfMemorySpace, Hob.Cpu->SizeOfIoSpace);
+ AsciiPrint ("CPU HOB: Mem %x IO %x\n", Hob.Cpu->SizeOfMemorySpace, Hob.Cpu->SizeOfIoSpace);
} else if (Hob.Header->HobType == EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_POOL) {
AsciiPrint ("Mem Pool HOB:\n");
/* Not in PI
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ EblHobCmd ( if (EblAnyKeyToContinueQtoQuit (&CurrentRow, FALSE)) {
break;
- }
+ }
}
return EFI_SUCCESS;
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/HwDebug.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/HwDebug.c index c87d1c4d1a..226b24500a 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/HwDebug.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/HwDebug.c @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Module Name: HwDebug.c
- Commands useful for debugging hardware.
+ Commands useful for debugging hardware.
**/
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ md 0x123445678 ; Dump 0x20 1 byte quantities starting at 0x123445678
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ EblMdCmd ( OutputData (Address, Length, Width, (UINTN)Address);
Address += Length;
-
+
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ EblMdCmd ( mf 0x123445678 ; Start at 0x123445678 and write 00 (4 byte) to the next 1 byte
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ EblMfillCmd ( MmioWrite8 (Address, (UINT8)Data);
}
}
-
+
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ CHAR8 *gPciSerialClassCodes[] = { Argv[3] - func
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -195,13 +195,13 @@ EblPciCmd ( CHAR8 *Str;
UINTN ThisBus;
-
+
BusArg = (Argc > 1) ? AsciiStrDecimalToUintn (Argv[1]) : 0;
DevArg = (Argc > 2) ? AsciiStrDecimalToUintn (Argv[2]) : 0;
FuncArg = (Argc > 3) ? AsciiStrDecimalToUintn (Argv[3]) : 0;
Header = &PciHeader;
-
+
Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (ByProtocol, &gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid, NULL, &HandleCount, &HandleBuffer);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
AsciiPrint ("No PCI devices found in the system\n");
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ EblPciCmd ( Status = Pci->Pci.Read (Pci, EfiPciIoWidthUint32, 0, sizeof (PciHeader)/sizeof (UINT32), &PciHeader);
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
Hdr = &PciHeader.Bridge.Hdr;
-
+
if (Hdr->ClassCode[2] < sizeof (gPciDevClass)/sizeof (VOID *)) {
Str = gPciDevClass[Hdr->ClassCode[2]];
if (Hdr->ClassCode[2] == PCI_CLASS_SERIAL) {
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ EblPciCmd ( AsciiPrint (" 0x%04x 0x%04x %a 0x%02x", Hdr->VendorId, Hdr->DeviceId, Str, Hdr->ClassCode[1]);
}
if (Seg != 0) {
- // Only print Segment if it is non zero. If you only have one PCI segment it is
+ // Only print Segment if it is non zero. If you only have one PCI segment it is
// redundent to print it out
AsciiPrint (" Seg:%d", Seg);
}
@@ -254,20 +254,20 @@ EblPciCmd ( if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
Pci->GetLocation (Pci, &Seg, &Bus, &Dev, &Func);
if ((Bus == BusArg) && (Dev == DevArg) && (Func == FuncArg)) {
- // Only print Segment if it is non zero. If you only have one PCI segment it is
+ // Only print Segment if it is non zero. If you only have one PCI segment it is
// redundant to print it out
if (Seg != 0) {
AsciiPrint ("Seg:%d ", Seg);
}
AsciiPrint ("Bus:%d Dev:%d Func:%d ", Bus, Dev, Func);
-
+
Status = Pci->Pci.Read (Pci, EfiPciIoWidthUint32, 0, sizeof (PciHeader)/sizeof (UINT32), Header);
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
Hdr = &PciHeader.Bridge.Hdr;
if (IS_PCI_BRIDGE (&PciHeader.Bridge)) {
Bridge = &PciHeader.Bridge.Bridge;
AsciiPrint (
- "PCI Bridge. Bus Primary %d Secondary %d Subordinate %d\n",
+ "PCI Bridge. Bus Primary %d Secondary %d Subordinate %d\n",
Bridge->PrimaryBus, Bridge->SecondaryBus, Bridge->SubordinateBus
);
AsciiPrint (" Bar 0: 0x%08x Bar 1: 0x%08x\n", Bridge->Bar[0], Bridge->Bar[1]);
@@ -283,14 +283,14 @@ EblPciCmd ( }
}
}
-
+
AsciiPrint ("\n");
break;
}
}
}
}
-
+
FreePool (HandleBuffer);
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/HwIoDebug.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/HwIoDebug.c index 13f4d643f7..c9144fe43e 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/HwIoDebug.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/HwIoDebug.c @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ ior 0x3f8 ;Do a 8-bit IO Read from 0x3f8
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ EblIoReadCmd ( iow 0x3f8 af ;Do an 8-bit IO write of af to 0x3f8
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ EblIoWriteCmd ( Port = AsciiStrHexToUintn (Argv[1]);
Data = AsciiStrHexToUintn (Argv[2]);
Width = WidthFromCommandName (Argv[0], 1);
-
+
if (Width == 1) {
IoWrite8 (Port, (UINT8)Data);
} else if (Width == 2) {
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Main.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Main.c index f1665627aa..dc17d26c71 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Main.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Main.c @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ UINTN gScreenRows; // Global to turn on/off breaking commands with prompts before they scroll the screen
BOOLEAN gPageBreak = TRUE;
-VOID
+VOID
RingBufferIncrement (
IN INTN *Value
)
{
*Value = *Value + 1;
-
+
if (*Value >= MAX_CMD_HISTORY) {
*Value = 0;
}
@@ -49,14 +49,14 @@ RingBufferDecrement ( )
{
*Value = *Value - 1;
-
+
if (*Value < 0) {
*Value = MAX_CMD_HISTORY - 1;
}
}
/**
- Save this command in the circular history buffer. Older commands are
+ Save this command in the circular history buffer. Older commands are
overwritten with newer commands.
@param Cmd Command line to archive the history of.
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ SetCmdHistory ( {
// Don't bother adding empty commands to the list
if (AsciiStrLen(Cmd) != 0) {
-
+
// First entry
if (mCmdHistoryStart == -1) {
mCmdHistoryStart = 0;
@@ -79,19 +79,19 @@ SetCmdHistory ( } else {
// Record the new command at the next index
RingBufferIncrement(&mCmdHistoryStart);
-
+
// If the next index runs into the end index, shuffle end back by one
if (mCmdHistoryStart == mCmdHistoryEnd) {
RingBufferIncrement(&mCmdHistoryEnd);
}
}
-
+
// Copy the new command line into the ring buffer
AsciiStrnCpy(&mCmdHistory[mCmdHistoryStart][0], Cmd, MAX_CMD_LINE);
}
-
+
// Reset the command history for the next up arrow press
- mCmdHistoryCurrent = mCmdHistoryStart;
+ mCmdHistoryCurrent = mCmdHistoryStart;
}
@@ -110,41 +110,41 @@ GetCmdHistory ( )
{
CHAR8 *HistoricalCommand = NULL;
-
+
// No history yet?
if (mCmdHistoryCurrent == -1) {
HistoricalCommand = mCmdBlank;
goto Exit;
}
-
+
if (Direction == SCAN_UP) {
HistoricalCommand = &mCmdHistory[mCmdHistoryCurrent][0];
-
+
// if we just echoed the last command, hang out there, don't wrap around
if (mCmdHistoryCurrent == mCmdHistoryEnd) {
goto Exit;
}
-
+
// otherwise, back up by one
RingBufferDecrement(&mCmdHistoryCurrent);
-
+
} else if (Direction == SCAN_DOWN) {
-
+
// if we last echoed the start command, put a blank prompt out
if (mCmdHistoryCurrent == mCmdHistoryStart) {
HistoricalCommand = mCmdBlank;
goto Exit;
}
-
+
// otherwise increment the current pointer and return that command
RingBufferIncrement(&mCmdHistoryCurrent);
RingBufferIncrement(&mCmdHistoryCurrent);
-
+
HistoricalCommand = &mCmdHistory[mCmdHistoryCurrent][0];
RingBufferDecrement(&mCmdHistoryCurrent);
}
-Exit:
+Exit:
return HistoricalCommand;
}
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ ParseArguments ( } else if (*Char != ' ') {
Argv[Arg++] = Char;
LookingForArg = FALSE;
- }
+ }
} else {
// Looking for the terminator of an Argv[] entry
if (!InQuote && (*Char == ' ')) {
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ ParseArguments ( *Char = '\0';
InQuote = FALSE;
}
- }
+ }
}
*Argc = Arg;
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ ParseArguments ( @param Key EFI Key information returned
@param TimeoutInSec Number of seconds to wait to timeout
- @param CallBack Callback called every second during the timeout wait
+ @param CallBack Callback called every second during the timeout wait
@return EFI_SUCCESS Key was returned
@return EFI_TIMEOUT If the TimoutInSec expired
@@ -275,15 +275,15 @@ EblGetCharKey ( if (WaitCount == 2) {
gBS->CloseEvent (WaitList[1]);
}
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
break;
case 1:
- // Periodic 1 sec timer signaled
+ // Periodic 1 sec timer signaled
TimeoutInSec--;
if (CallBack != NULL) {
- // Call the users callback function if registered
+ // Call the users callback function if registered
CallBack (TimeoutInSec);
}
if (TimeoutInSec == 0) {
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ EblGetCharKey ( default:
ASSERT (FALSE);
}
- }
+ }
}
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ EblGetCharKey ( If the use hits Q to quit return TRUE else for any other key return FALSE.
PrefixNewline is used to figure out if a newline is needed before the prompt
string. This depends on the last print done before calling this function.
- CurrentRow is updated by one on a call or set back to zero if a prompt is
+ CurrentRow is updated by one on a call or set back to zero if a prompt is
needed.
@param CurrentRow Used to figure out if its the end of the page and updated
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ EblAnyKeyToContinueQtoQuit ( /**
- Set the text color of the EFI Console. If a zero is passed in reset to
+ Set the text color of the EFI Console. If a zero is passed in reset to
default text/background color.
@param Attribute For text and background color
@@ -372,12 +372,12 @@ EblSetTextColor ( /**
Collect the keyboard input for a cmd line. Carriage Return, New Line, or ESC
terminates the command line. You can edit the command line via left arrow,
- delete and backspace and they all back up and erase the command line.
+ delete and backspace and they all back up and erase the command line.
No edit of command line is possible without deletion at this time!
- The up arrow and down arrow fill Cmd with information from the history
+ The up arrow and down arrow fill Cmd with information from the history
buffer.
- @param Cmd Command line to return
+ @param Cmd Command line to return
@param CmdMaxSize Maximum size of Cmd
@return The Status of EblGetCharKey()
@@ -462,9 +462,9 @@ EblPrintStartupBanner ( /**
Send null requests to all removable media block IO devices so the a media add/remove/change
- can be detected in real before we execute a command.
+ can be detected in real before we execute a command.
- This is mainly due to the fact that the FAT driver does not do this today so you can get stale
+ This is mainly due to the fact that the FAT driver does not do this today so you can get stale
dir commands after an SD Card has been removed.
**/
VOID
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ EblPrompt ( commands returns an error.
@param CmdLine Command Line to process.
- @param MaxCmdLineSize MaxSize of the Command line
+ @param MaxCmdLineSize MaxSize of the Command line
@return EFI status of the Command
@@ -559,17 +559,17 @@ ProcessCmdLine ( }
} else {
AsciiPrint ("The command '%a' is not supported.\n", Argv[0]);
- }
- }
+ }
+ }
}
return Status;
}
-
+
/**
- Embedded Boot Loader (EBL) - A simple EFI command line application for embedded
+ Embedded Boot Loader (EBL) - A simple EFI command line application for embedded
devices. PcdEmbeddedAutomaticBootCommand is a complied in command line that
gets executed automatically. The ; separator allows multiple commands
for each command line.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ EFIAPI EdkBootLoaderEntry (
IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
+ )
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
CHAR8 CmdLine[MAX_CMD_LINE];
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ EdkBootLoaderEntry ( EblInitializeExternalCmd ();
EblInitializeNetworkCmd();
EblInitializeVariableCmds ();
-
+
if (gST->ConOut == NULL) {
DEBUG((EFI_D_ERROR,"Error: No Console Output\n"));
return EFI_NOT_READY;
@@ -628,29 +628,29 @@ EdkBootLoaderEntry ( gST->ConOut->QueryMode (gST->ConOut, gST->ConOut->Mode->Mode, &gScreenColumns, &gScreenRows);
EblPrintStartupBanner ();
-
+
// Parse command line and handle commands separated by ;
// The loop prints the prompt gets user input and saves history
-
+
// Look for a variable with a default command line, otherwise use the Pcd
ZeroMem(&VendorGuid, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
Status = gRT->GetVariable(CommandLineVariableName, &VendorGuid, NULL, &CommandLineVariableSize, CommandLineVariable);
if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
CommandLineVariable = AllocatePool(CommandLineVariableSize);
-
+
Status = gRT->GetVariable(CommandLineVariableName, &VendorGuid, NULL, &CommandLineVariableSize, CommandLineVariable);
if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
UnicodeStrToAsciiStr(CommandLineVariable, CmdLine);
}
-
+
FreePool(CommandLineVariable);
}
-
+
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiStrCpy (CmdLine, (CHAR8 *)PcdGetPtr (PcdEmbeddedAutomaticBootCommand));
}
-
+
for (;;) {
Status = ProcessCmdLine (CmdLine, MAX_CMD_LINE);
if (Status == EFI_ABORTED) {
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Network.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Network.c index 7d3d553bb3..d02c9988e1 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Network.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Network.c @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ ParseIp ( Address->v4.Addr[2] = (UINT8)AsciiStrDecimalToUintn (String);
String = AsciiStrStr(String, ".") + 1;
Address->v4.Addr[3] = (UINT8)AsciiStrDecimalToUintn (String);
-
+
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
@@ -41,28 +41,28 @@ EblIpCmd ( EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
EFI_MAC_ADDRESS Mac;
EFI_IP_ADDRESS Ip;
-
- if (Argc == 1) {
+
+ if (Argc == 1) {
// Get current IP/MAC
-
+
// Get current MAC address
Status = EblGetCurrentMacAddress (&Mac);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
goto Exit;
}
-
+
AsciiPrint ("MAC Address: %02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x\n", Mac.Addr[0], Mac.Addr[1], Mac.Addr[2], Mac.Addr[3], Mac.Addr[4], Mac.Addr[5]);
-
+
// Get current IP address
Status = EblGetCurrentIpAddress (&Ip);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("IP Address is not configured.\n");
Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
goto Exit;
- }
+ }
AsciiPrint("IP Address: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", Ip.v4.Addr[0], Ip.v4.Addr[1],Ip.v4.Addr[2], Ip.v4.Addr[3]);
-
+
} else if ((Argv[1][0] == 'r') && (Argc == 2)) {
// Get new address via dhcp
Status = EblPerformDHCP (TRUE);
@@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ EblIpCmd ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
goto Exit;
}
-
+
Status = EblSetStationIp (&Ip, NULL);
}
-
+
Exit:
return Status;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Script.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Script.c index 7c2d58b0a4..a739e37dd9 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Script.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Script.c @@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ /**
Execute the passed in file like a series of commands. The ; can be used on
- a single line to indicate multiple commands per line. The Ascii text file
- can contain any number of lines. The following line termination forms are
+ a single line to indicate multiple commands per line. The Ascii text file
+ can contain any number of lines. The following line termination forms are
supported:
LF : Unix, Mac OS X*, BeOS
CR+LF: MS-DOS*, Microsoft Windows*
CR : Commodore, Apple II, and really Mac OS
- LF+CR: for simplicity and completeness
+ LF+CR: for simplicity and completeness
Argv[0] - "script"
Argv[1] - Device Name:path for the file to load
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ script fv1:\script.txt
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ EblScriptCmd ( CHAR8 *Ptr;
CHAR8 *ScanPtr;
UINTN CmdLineSize;
-
-
+
+
if (Argc < 2) {
// file name required
@@ -85,15 +85,15 @@ EblScriptCmd ( CmdLineSize++;
break;
}
-
+
}
Status = ProcessCmdLine (Ptr, CmdLineSize);
}
-
+
FreePool (Address);
}
-
+
EfiClose (File);
return Status;
}
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ EblScriptCmd ( GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED const EBL_COMMAND_TABLE mScriptTemplate[] = {
{
"script",
- " device:path; load an ascii file and execute it like commands",
+ " device:path; load an ascii file and execute it like commands",
NULL,
EblScriptCmd
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Variable.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Variable.c index 5c00122cdb..f7627a8def 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Variable.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Variable.c @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
*
* Copyright (c) 2011, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-*
-* This program and the accompanying materials
-* are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-* which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-* http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
*
-* THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+* This program and the accompanying materials
+* are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+* which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+* http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+*
+* THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
*
**/
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ EblSetCmd ( AsciiPrint("Variable name is missing.\n");
return Status;
}
-
+
// Check if it is a valid variable setting
AsciiValue = AsciiStrStr (AsciiVariableSetting,"=");
if (AsciiValue == NULL) {
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/EblExternCmd/EntryPointGlue.c b/EmbeddedPkg/EblExternCmd/EntryPointGlue.c index 87757dfd47..d0e549bdc1 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/EblExternCmd/EntryPointGlue.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/EblExternCmd/EntryPointGlue.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /** @file
- Glue code that contains the EFI entry point and converts it to an EBL
+ Glue code that contains the EFI entry point and converts it to an EBL
ASCII Argc, Argv sytle entry point
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ ParseArguments ( } else if (*Char != ' ') {
Argv[Arg++] = Char;
LookingForArg = FALSE;
- }
+ }
} else {
// Looking for the terminator of an Argv[] entry
if ((InQuote && (*Char == '"')) || (!InQuote && (*Char == ' '))) {
@@ -112,12 +112,12 @@ ParseArguments ( return;
}
-
+
/**
- Embedded Boot Loader (EBL) - A simple EFI command line application for embedded
+ Embedded Boot Loader (EBL) - A simple EFI command line application for embedded
devices. PcdEmbeddedAutomaticBootCommand is a complied in command line that
gets executed automatically. The ; separator allows multiple commands
for each command line.
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ EFIAPI EdkExternCmdEntry (
IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
+ )
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *ImageInfo;
@@ -144,10 +144,10 @@ EdkExternCmdEntry ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
Argc = 0;
} else {
- // Looks like valid commands were passed in.
+ // Looks like valid commands were passed in.
ParseArguments (ImageInfo->LoadOptions, ImageInfo->LoadOptionsSize, &Argc, Argv);
}
-
+
return EblMain (Argc, Argv);
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/EblExternCmd/Main.c b/EmbeddedPkg/EblExternCmd/Main.c index 9e75c909cc..dbfe336899 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/EblExternCmd/Main.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/EblExternCmd/Main.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /** @file
- Example of an external EBL command. It's loaded via EBL start command.
+ Example of an external EBL command. It's loaded via EBL start command.
Argc and Argv are passed in via "" of the EBL command line.
Start fs0:\EdkExternCmd.efi "Argv[0] Argv[1] 2"
- will launch this command with
+ will launch this command with
Argv[0] = "Argv[0]"
Argv[1] = "Argv[2]"
Argv[2] = "3"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Entry point with Argc, Argv. Put your code here.
@param Argc Number of command arguments in Argv
- @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
+ @param Argv Array of strings that represent the parsed command line.
Argv[0] is the command name
@return EFI_SUCCESS
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ EblMain ( for (Index = 0; Index < Argc; Index++) {
AsciiPrint ("Argv[%d] = %a\n", Index, Argv[Index]);
}
-
+
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter.c b/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter.c index 7348fa60e6..1dec02e65a 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ GetNextMonotonicCount ( if (Count == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
*Count = gCurrentMonotonicCount++;
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ GetNextHighMonotonicCount ( if (HighCount == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
gCurrentMonotonicCount += 0x0000000100000000ULL;
-
+
*HighCount = (UINT32)RShiftU64 (gCurrentMonotonicCount, 32) & 0xFFFFFFFF;
return EFI_SUCCESS;
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter.inf index 6b262dbc45..9f28522252 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter/EmbeddedMonotonicCounter.inf @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ #/** @file
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
#**/
[Defines]
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec b/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec index 9d02b80b2c..600d0e54c4 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedScriptCmd|FALSE|BOOLEAN|0x00000006
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedPciDebugCmd|FALSE|BOOLEAN|0x00000041
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedProbeRemovable|TRUE|BOOLEAN|0x00000052
-
+
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiProduceMemoryTypeInformationHob|FALSE|BOOLEAN|0x0000001b
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdCacheEnable|FALSE|BOOLEAN|0x00000042
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbSerial|FALSE|BOOLEAN|0x00000053
@@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiHobBase|131072|UINT32|0x00000040
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiStackBase|0|UINT32|0x0000000b
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiStackSize|131072|UINT32|0x0000000c
-
+
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryBase|0x0|UINT32|0x0000004e
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemorySize|0x0|UINT32|0x0000004f
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFlashFvMainBase|0x0|UINT32|0x00000043
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFlashFvMainOffset|0x0|UINT32|0x00000044
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFlashFvMainSize|0x0|UINT32|0x00000045
-
+
# Used to help reduce fragmentation in the EFI memory map
# EFI Pages (4K) are the units used
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiACPIReclaimMemory|0|UINT32|0x00000012
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdInterruptBaseAddress|0x38e00000|UINT32|0x0000001f
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMetronomeTickPeriod|100|UINT32|0x00000020
-
+
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedFdBaseAddress|0xffff0000|UINT32|0x00000030
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedFdSize|0x0000000|UINT32|0x00000031
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedPerformanceCounterFrequencyInHz|0x0000000|UINT64|0x00000032
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dsc b/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dsc index c5d4ae6d1a..68224069b6 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dsc +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dsc @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ # DebugLib|MdePkg/Library/UefiDebugLibConOut/UefiDebugLibConOut.inf
DebugLib|MdePkg/Library/BaseDebugLibNull/BaseDebugLibNull.inf
-
+
BaseLib|MdePkg/Library/BaseLib/BaseLib.inf
BaseMemoryLib|MdePkg/Library/BaseMemoryLib/BaseMemoryLib.inf
PciLib|MdePkg/Library/BasePciLibCf8/BasePciLibCf8.inf
@@ -58,17 +58,17 @@ PrintLib|MdePkg/Library/BasePrintLib/BasePrintLib.inf
UefiDecompressLib|MdePkg/Library/BaseUefiDecompressLib/BaseUefiDecompressLib.inf
EfiFileLib|EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.inf
-
+
TimerLib|MdePkg/Library/BaseTimerLibNullTemplate/BaseTimerLibNullTemplate.inf
-
+
ReportStatusCodeLib|IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.inf
-
+
PeCoffGetEntryPointLib|MdePkg/Library/BasePeCoffGetEntryPointLib/BasePeCoffGetEntryPointLib.inf
PeCoffLib|MdePkg/Library/BasePeCoffLib/BasePeCoffLib.inf
PeCoffExtraActionLib|MdePkg/Library/BasePeCoffExtraActionLibNull/BasePeCoffExtraActionLibNull.inf
CacheMaintenanceLib|MdePkg/Library/BaseCacheMaintenanceLib/BaseCacheMaintenanceLib.inf
PrePiLib|EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.inf
-
+
SerialPortLib|EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortLib/TemplateSerialPortLib.inf
SerialPortExtLib|EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortExtLib/TemplateSerialPortExtLib.inf
RealTimeClockLib|EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/TemplateRealTimeClockLib.inf
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ # Need to change this for IPF
#
IoLib|MdePkg/Library/BaseIoLibIntrinsic/BaseIoLibIntrinsic.inf
-
+
MemoryAllocationLib|MdePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationLib/UefiMemoryAllocationLib.inf
UefiLib|MdePkg/Library/UefiLib/UefiLib.inf
HobLib|MdePkg/Library/DxeHobLib/DxeHobLib.inf
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ # Networking Requirements
NetLib|MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.inf
HiiLib|MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/UefiHiiLib.inf
- UefiHiiServicesLib|MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiServicesLib/UefiHiiServicesLib.inf
+ UefiHiiServicesLib|MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiServicesLib/UefiHiiServicesLib.inf
[LibraryClasses.common.DXE_DRIVER]
PcdLib|MdePkg/Library/DxePcdLib/DxePcdLib.inf
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ [LibraryClasses.common.UEFI_DRIVER]
PcdLib|MdePkg/Library/DxePcdLib/DxePcdLib.inf
ReportStatusCodeLib|IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLibFramework/DxeReportStatusCodeLib.inf
-
+
[LibraryClasses.common.SEC]
ExtractGuidedSectionLib|EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.inf
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdDriverDiagnosticsDisable|FALSE
gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdComponentName2Disable|FALSE
gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdDriverDiagnostics2Disable|FALSE
-
+
#
# Control what commands are supported from the UI
# Turn these on and off to add features or save size
- #
+ #
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedMacBoot|TRUE
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedDirCmd|TRUE
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedHobCmd|TRUE
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedIoEnable|FALSE
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedScriptCmd|FALSE
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedPciDebugCmd|TRUE
-
+
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiProduceMemoryTypeInformationHob|FALSE
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedAutomaticBootCommand|L""
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedDefaultTextColor|0x07
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedMemVariableStoreSize|0x10000
-
+
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiHobBase|0
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiStackBase|0
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiStackSize|0
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ #
# Optinal feature to help prevent EFI memory map fragments
# Turned on and off via: PcdPrePiProduceMemoryTypeInformationHob
-# Values are in EFI Pages (4K). DXE Core will make sure that
-# at least this much of each type of memory can be allocated
+# Values are in EFI Pages (4K). DXE Core will make sure that
+# at least this much of each type of memory can be allocated
# from a single memory range. This way you only end up with
# maximum of two fragements for each type in the memory map
# (the memory used, and the free memory that was prereserved
@@ -235,11 +235,11 @@ #
################################################################################
[Components.common]
- EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.inf
+ EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.inf
EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.inf
EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.inf
- EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.inf
- EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.inf
+ EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.inf
+ EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.inf
EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.inf
EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.inf
EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortLib/TemplateSerialPortLib.inf
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.fdf b/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.fdf index b7f17c043b..c84a5193ef 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.fdf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.fdf @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# This is Ebl FDF file
+# This is Ebl FDF file
#
# Copyright (c) 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
@@ -51,21 +51,21 @@ READ_LOCK_STATUS = TRUE #
################################################################################
INF EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Ebl.inf
-
+
################################################################################
-#
+#
# Rules are use with the [FV] section's module INF type to define
# how an FFS file is created for a given INF file. The following Rule are the default
# rules for the different module type. User can add the customized rules to define the
# content of the FFS file.
-#
+#
################################################################################
-
-
+
+
############################################################################
-# Example of a DXE_DRIVER FFS file with a Checksum encapsulation section #
+# Example of a DXE_DRIVER FFS file with a Checksum encapsulation section #
############################################################################
-#
+#
#[Rule.Common.DXE_DRIVER]
# FILE DRIVER = $(NAMED_GUID) {
# DXE_DEPEX DXE_DEPEX Optional $(INF_OUTPUT)/$(MODULE_NAME).depex
@@ -88,14 +88,14 @@ INF EmbeddedPkg/Ebl/Ebl.inf [Rule.Common.PEI_CORE]
FILE PEI_CORE = $(NAMED_GUID) {
PE32 PE32 $(INF_OUTPUT)/$(MODULE_NAME).efi
- UI STRING ="$(MODULE_NAME)" Optional
+ UI STRING ="$(MODULE_NAME)" Optional
}
[Rule.Common.PEIM]
FILE PEIM = $(NAMED_GUID) {
PEI_DEPEX PEI_DEPEX Optional $(MODULE_NAME).depex
PE32 PE32 $(INF_OUTPUT)/$(MODULE_NAME).efi
- UI STRING="$(MODULE_NAME)" Optional
+ UI STRING="$(MODULE_NAME)" Optional
}
[Rule.Common.PEIM.TIANOCOMPRESSED]
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/Arm/Processor.c b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/Arm/Processor.c index 38abb69d7e..80803b2d91 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/Arm/Processor.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/Arm/Processor.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Processor specific parts of the GDB stub
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ //
EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = {
{ EXCEPT_ARM_SOFTWARE_INTERRUPT, GDB_SIGTRAP }
-// { EXCEPT_ARM_UNDEFINED_INSTRUCTION, GDB_SIGTRAP },
-// { EXCEPT_ARM_PREFETCH_ABORT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
-// { EXCEPT_ARM_DATA_ABORT, GDB_SIGEMT },
-// { EXCEPT_ARM_RESERVED, GDB_SIGILL }
+// { EXCEPT_ARM_UNDEFINED_INSTRUCTION, GDB_SIGTRAP },
+// { EXCEPT_ARM_PREFETCH_ABORT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
+// { EXCEPT_ARM_DATA_ABORT, GDB_SIGEMT },
+// { EXCEPT_ARM_RESERVED, GDB_SIGILL }
};
// Shut up some annoying RVCT warnings
@@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = { /**
Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxEfiException (
@@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ MaxEfiException ( /**
Return the number of entries in the gRegisters[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxRegisterCount (
@@ -113,10 +113,10 @@ MaxRegisterCount ( /**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
+ Check to see if the ISA is supported.
ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
- @retval TRUE if Isa is supported
+ @retval TRUE if Isa is supported
**/
BOOLEAN
@@ -135,14 +135,14 @@ CheckIsa ( /**
This takes in the register number and the System Context, and returns a pointer to the RegNumber-th register in gdb ordering
It is, by default, set to find the register pointer of the ARM member
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param RegNumber The register to which we want to find a pointer
@retval the pointer to the RegNumber-th pointer
- **/
+ **/
UINTN *
FindPointerToRegister (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
+ IN UINTN RegNumber
)
{
UINT8 *TempPtr;
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ BasicReadRegister ( {
UINTN RegSize;
CHAR8 Char;
-
+
if (gRegisterOffsets[RegNumber] > 0xF00) {
AsciiSPrint (OutBufPtr, 9, "00000000");
OutBufPtr += 8;
@@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ BasicReadRegister ( Char = Char - 'A' + 'a';
}
*OutBufPtr++ = Char;
-
+
Char = mHexToStr[(UINT8)((*FindPointerToRegister (SystemContext, RegNumber) >> RegSize) & 0xf)];
if ((Char >= 'A') && (Char <= 'F')) {
Char = Char - 'A' + 'a';
}
*OutBufPtr++ = Char;
-
+
RegSize = RegSize + 8;
}
return OutBufPtr;
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ BasicReadRegister ( /**
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+ Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
**/
@@ -209,29 +209,29 @@ ReadNthRegister ( UINTN RegNumber;
CHAR8 OutBuffer[9]; // 1 reg=8 hex chars, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
+
RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&InBuffer[1]);
-
+
if (RegNumber >= MaxRegisterCount ()) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
+ SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
return;
}
-
+
OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister (SystemContext, RegNumber, OutBufPtr);
-
+
*OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
SendPacket (OutBuffer);
}
/**
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+ Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
+ReadGeneralRegisters (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
@@ -239,14 +239,14 @@ ReadGeneralRegisters ( CHAR8 *OutBuffer;
CHAR8 *OutBufPtr;
UINTN RegisterCount = MaxRegisterCount ();
-
+
// It is not safe to allocate pool here....
OutBuffer = AllocatePool ((RegisterCount * 8) + 1); // 8 bytes per register in string format plus a null to terminate
OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
for (Index = 0; Index < RegisterCount; Index++) {
OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister (SystemContext, Index, OutBufPtr);
}
-
+
*OutBufPtr = '\0';
SendPacket (OutBuffer);
FreePool (OutBuffer);
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ CHAR8 UINTN RegSize;
UINTN TempValue; // the value transferred from a hex char
UINT32 NewValue; // the new value of the RegNumber-th Register
-
+
if (gRegisterOffsets[RegNumber] > 0xF00) {
return InBufPtr + 8;
}
@@ -279,21 +279,21 @@ CHAR8 RegSize = 0;
while (RegSize < 32) {
TempValue = HexCharToInt (*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if ((INTN)TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
-
+
NewValue += (TempValue << (RegSize+4));
TempValue = HexCharToInt (*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if ((INTN)TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
+
+ NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
RegSize = RegSize + 8;
}
*(FindPointerToRegister (SystemContext, RegNumber)) = NewValue;
@@ -316,19 +316,19 @@ WriteNthRegister ( CHAR8 RegNumBuffer[MAX_REG_NUM_BUF_SIZE]; // put the 'n..' part of the message into this array
CHAR8 *RegNumBufPtr;
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; // pointer to the input buffer
-
+
// find the register number to write
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
RegNumBufPtr = RegNumBuffer;
while (*InBufPtr != '=') {
*RegNumBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
+ }
*RegNumBufPtr = '\0';
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
-
+ RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
+
// check if this is a valid Register Number
if (RegNumber >= MaxRegisterCount ()) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
+ SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
return;
}
InBufPtr++; // skips the '=' character
@@ -356,21 +356,21 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( UINTN RegisterCount = MaxRegisterCount ();
MinLength = (RegisterCount * 8) + 1; // 'G' plus the registers in ASCII format
-
+
if (AsciiStrLen (InBuffer) < MinLength) {
- //Bad message. Message is not the right length
- SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
+ //Bad message. Message is not the right length
+ SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
return;
}
-
+
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
-
+
// Read the new values for the registers from the input buffer to an array, NewValueArray.
// The values in the array are in the gdb ordering
for (i = 0; i < RegisterCount; i++) {
InBufPtr = BasicWriteRegister (SystemContext, i, InBufPtr);
}
-
+
SendSuccess ();
}
@@ -395,9 +395,9 @@ typedef struct { LIST_ENTRY BreakpointList;
-/**
+/**
Insert Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
@@ -410,11 +410,11 @@ AddSingleStep ( return;
}
mSingleStepActive = TRUE;
-
+
mSingleStepPC = SystemContext.SystemContextArm->PC;
mSingleStepDataSize = sizeof (UINT32);
- mSingleStepData = (*(UINT32 *)mSingleStepPC);
+ mSingleStepData = (*(UINT32 *)mSingleStepPC);
*(UINT32 *)mSingleStepPC = GDB_ARM_BKPT;
if (*(UINT32 *)mSingleStepPC != GDB_ARM_BKPT) {
// For some reason our breakpoint did not take
@@ -425,10 +425,10 @@ AddSingleStep ( //DEBUG((EFI_D_ERROR, "AddSingleStep at 0x%08x (was: 0x%08x is:0x%08x)\n", SystemContext.SystemContextArm->PC, mSingleStepData, *(UINT32 *)mSingleStepPC));
}
-
-/**
+
+/**
Remove Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ RemoveSingleStep ( if (!mSingleStepActive) {
return;
}
-
+
if (mSingleStepDataSize == sizeof (UINT16)) {
*(UINT16 *)mSingleStepPC = (UINT16)mSingleStepData;
} else {
@@ -453,10 +453,10 @@ RemoveSingleStep ( /**
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
+ Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -467,15 +467,15 @@ ContinueAtAddress ( {
if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
SystemContext.SystemContextArm->PC = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PacketData[1]);
- }
+ }
}
/** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
+ Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
at same Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ SetBreakpoint ( Breakpoint->Signature = ARM_SOFTWARE_BREAKPOINT_SIGNATURE;
Breakpoint->Address = Address;
Breakpoint->Instruction = *(UINT32 *)Address;
-
+
// Add it to the list
InsertTailList (&BreakpointList, &Breakpoint->Link);
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ RemoveBreakPoint ( switch (Type) {
case 0: //Software breakpoint
break;
-
+
default:
SendError (GDB_EINVALIDBRKPOINTTYPE);
return;
@@ -679,13 +679,13 @@ ValidateAddress ( BOOLEAN
ValidateException (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
UINT32 ExceptionAddress;
UINT32 Instruction;
-
+
// Is it a debugger SWI?
ExceptionAddress = SystemContext.SystemContextArm->PC -= 4;
Instruction = *(UINT32 *)ExceptionAddress;
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStub.c b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStub.c index 9136c14b2b..213038ad08 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStub.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStub.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /** @file
UEFI driver that implements a GDB stub
-
+
Note: Any code in the path of the Serial IO output can not call DEBUG as will
will blow out the stack. Serial IO calls DEBUG, debug calls Serail IO, ...
-
+
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ UINTN gMaxProcessorIndex = 0; CHAR8 gInBuffer[MAX_BUF_SIZE];
CHAR8 gOutBuffer[MAX_BUF_SIZE];
-// Assume gdb does a "qXfer:libraries:read::offset,length" when it connects so we can default
+// Assume gdb does a "qXfer:libraries:read::offset,length" when it connects so we can default
// this value to FALSE. Since gdb can reconnect its self a global default is not good enough
BOOLEAN gSymbolTableUpdate = FALSE;
EFI_EVENT gEvent;
@@ -59,12 +59,12 @@ GdbSymbolEventHandler ( /**
The user Entry Point for Application. The user code starts with this function
- as the real entry point for the image goes into a library that calls this
+ as the real entry point for the image goes into a library that calls this
function.
- @param[in] ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
+ @param[in] ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param[in] SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The entry point is executed successfully.
@retval other Some error occurs when executing this entry point.
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ GdbStubEntry ( IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
)
{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
EFI_DEBUG_SUPPORT_PROTOCOL *DebugSupport;
UINTN HandleCount;
EFI_HANDLE *Handles;
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ GdbStubEntry ( return Status;
}
-
+
DebugSupport = NULL;
IsaSupported = FALSE;
do {
@@ -120,19 +120,19 @@ GdbStubEntry ( }
} while (HandleCount > 0);
FreePool (Handles);
-
+
if (!IsaSupported) {
DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Debug Support Protocol does not support our ISA\n"));
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
+
Status = DebugSupport->GetMaximumProcessorIndex (DebugSupport, &gMaxProcessorIndex);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+
DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Debug Support Protocol ISA %x\n", DebugSupport->Isa));
DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Debug Support Protocol Processor Index %d\n", gMaxProcessorIndex));
-
+
// Call processor-specific init routine
InitializeProcessor ();
@@ -147,10 +147,10 @@ GdbStubEntry ( Status = DebugSupport->RegisterPeriodicCallback (DebugSupport, Processor, GdbPeriodicCallBack);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
}
-
+
//
// This even fires every time an image is added. This allows the stub to know when gdb needs
- // to update the symbol table.
+ // to update the symbol table.
//
Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
@@ -171,11 +171,11 @@ GdbStubEntry ( );
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+
if (PcdGetBool (PcdGdbSerial)) {
GdbInitializeSerialConsole ();
}
-
+
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
@@ -196,14 +196,14 @@ TransferFromInBufToMem ( {
CHAR8 c1;
CHAR8 c2;
-
+
while (Length-- > 0) {
c1 = (CHAR8)HexCharToInt (*NewData++);
c2 = (CHAR8)HexCharToInt (*NewData++);
if ((c1 < 0) || (c2 < 0)) {
Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Bad message from write to memory..\n");
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return;
}
*Address++ = (UINT8)((c1 << 4) + c2);
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend ( OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
while (Length > 0) {
-
+
Char = mHexToStr[*Address >> 4];
if ((Char >= 'A') && (Char <= 'F')) {
Char = Char - 'A' + 'a';
@@ -264,16 +264,16 @@ TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend ( /**
Send a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
+
+ $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
- If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet, but timeout eventually so we don't end up
+
+ If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet, but timeout eventually so we don't end up
in an infinit loop. This is so if you unplug the debugger code just keeps running
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
+ @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
+
-
@retval Number of bytes of packet data sent.
**/
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ SendPacket ( CHAR8 *Ptr;
CHAR8 TestChar;
UINTN Count;
-
+
Timeout = PcdGet32 (PcdGdbMaxPacketRetryCount);
Count = 0;
@@ -299,38 +299,38 @@ SendPacket ( // Only try a finite number of times so we don't get stuck in the loop
return Count;
}
-
+
// Packet prefix
GdbPutChar ('$');
-
+
for (CheckSum = 0, Count =0 ; *Ptr != '\0'; Ptr++, Count++) {
GdbPutChar (*Ptr);
CheckSum = CheckSum + *Ptr;
}
-
- // Packet terminating character and checksum
+
+ // Packet terminating character and checksum
GdbPutChar ('#');
GdbPutChar (mHexToStr[CheckSum >> 4]);
GdbPutChar (mHexToStr[CheckSum & 0x0F]);
-
+
TestChar = GdbGetChar ();
} while (TestChar != '+');
-
+
return Count;
}
/**
Receive a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
+
+ $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
+
If host re-starts sending a packet without ending the previous packet, only the last valid packet is proccessed.
(In other words, if received packet is '$12345$12345$123456#checksum', only '$123456#checksum' will be processed.)
-
+
If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
+ @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
@retval Number of bytes of packet data received.
@@ -346,16 +346,16 @@ ReceivePacket ( CHAR8 Char;
CHAR8 SumString[3];
CHAR8 TestChar;
-
+
ZeroMem (PacketData, PacketDataSize);
-
+
for (;;) {
// wait for the start of a packet
TestChar = GdbGetChar ();
while (TestChar != '$') {
TestChar = GdbGetChar ();
};
-
+
retry:
for (Index = 0, CheckSum = 0; Index < (PacketDataSize - 1); Index++) {
Char = GdbGetChar ();
@@ -375,14 +375,14 @@ ReceivePacket ( continue;
}
- SumString[0] = GdbGetChar ();
+ SumString[0] = GdbGetChar ();
SumString[1] = GdbGetChar ();
SumString[2] = '\0';
-
+
if (AsciiStrHexToUintn (SumString) == CheckSum) {
// Ack: Success
GdbPutChar ('+');
-
+
// Null terminate the callers string
PacketData[Index] = '\0';
return Index;
@@ -391,27 +391,27 @@ ReceivePacket ( GdbPutChar ('-');
}
}
-
+
//return 0;
}
/**
- Empties the given buffer
+ Empties the given buffer
@param Buf pointer to the first element in buffer to be emptied
**/
VOID
-EmptyBuffer (
+EmptyBuffer (
IN CHAR8 *Buf
)
-{
+{
*Buf = '\0';
}
/**
Converts an 8-bit Hex Char into a INTN.
-
+
@param Char the hex character to be converted into UINTN
@retval a INTN, from 0 to 15, that corressponds to Char
-1 if Char is not a hex character
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ HexCharToInt ( } else if ((Char >= '0') && (Char <= '9')) {
return Char - '0';
} else { // if not a hex value, return a negative value
- return -1;
+ return -1;
}
}
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ CHAR8 *gError = "E__"; Send an error with the given error number after converting to hex.
The error number is put into the buffer in hex. '255' is the biggest errno we can send.
ex: 162 will be sent as A2.
-
+
@param errno the error number that will be sent
**/
VOID
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ SendError ( //
gError[1] = mHexToStr [ErrorNum >> 4];
gError[2] = mHexToStr [ErrorNum & 0x0f];
-
+
SendPacket (gError); // send buffer
}
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ VOID EFIAPI
SendSuccess (
VOID
- )
+ )
{
SendPacket ("OK"); // send buffer
}
@@ -475,11 +475,11 @@ SendSuccess ( /**
Send empty packet to specify that particular command/functionality is not supported.
**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
+VOID
+EFIAPI
SendNotSupported (
- VOID
- )
+ VOID
+ )
{
SendPacket ("");
}
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ SendNotSupported ( /**
Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly with n:r pairs related to the watchpoints
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param GdbExceptionType GDB exception type
**/
@@ -513,9 +513,9 @@ GdbSendTSignal ( //
// replace _, or previous value, with Exception type
//
- *TSignalPtr++ = mHexToStr [GdbExceptionType >> 4];
+ *TSignalPtr++ = mHexToStr [GdbExceptionType >> 4];
*TSignalPtr++ = mHexToStr [GdbExceptionType & 0x0f];
-
+
if (GdbExceptionType == GDB_SIGTRAP) {
if (gSymbolTableUpdate) {
//
@@ -531,17 +531,17 @@ GdbSendTSignal ( //
// possible n:r pairs
- //
+ //
//Retrieve the breakpoint number
BreakpointDetected = GetBreakpointDetected (SystemContext);
//Figure out if the exception is happend due to watch, rwatch or awatch.
- BreakType = GetBreakpointType (SystemContext, BreakpointDetected);
+ BreakType = GetBreakpointType (SystemContext, BreakpointDetected);
//INFO: rwatch is not supported due to the way IA32 debug registers work
if ((BreakType == DataWrite) || (BreakType == DataRead) || (BreakType == DataReadWrite)) {
-
+
//Construct n:r pair
DataAddress = GetBreakpointDataAddress (SystemContext, BreakpointDetected);
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ GdbSendTSignal ( }
*TSignalPtr++ = ':';
-
+
//Set up series of bytes in big-endian byte order. "awatch" won't work with little-endian byte order.
RegSize = REG_SIZE;
while (RegSize > 0) {
@@ -575,23 +575,23 @@ GdbSendTSignal ( *TSignalPtr = '\0';
- SendPacket (TSignalBuffer);
+ SendPacket (TSignalBuffer);
}
/**
Translates the EFI mapping to GDB mapping
-
+
@param EFIExceptionType EFI Exception that is being processed
@retval UINTN that corresponds to EFIExceptionType's GDB exception type number
**/
UINT8
-ConvertEFItoGDBtype (
+ConvertEFItoGDBtype (
IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE EFIExceptionType
)
-{
+{
UINTN Index;
-
+
for (Index = 0; Index < MaxEfiException () ; Index++) {
if (gExceptionType[Index].Exception == EFIExceptionType) {
return gExceptionType[Index].SignalNo;
@@ -602,8 +602,8 @@ ConvertEFItoGDBtype ( /** "m addr,length"
- Find the Length of the area to read and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
- another function, TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend, that will read from that memory space and
+ Find the Length of the area to read and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
+ another function, TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend, that will read from that memory space and
send it as a packet.
**/
@@ -618,39 +618,39 @@ ReadFromMemory ( CHAR8 AddressBuffer[MAX_ADDR_SIZE]; // the buffer that will hold the address in hex chars
CHAR8 *AddrBufPtr; // pointer to the address buffer
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
-
+
AddrBufPtr = AddressBuffer;
InBufPtr = &PacketData[1];
while (*InBufPtr != ',') {
*AddrBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
}
*AddrBufPtr = '\0';
-
+
InBufPtr++; // this skips ',' in the buffer
-
+
/* Error checking */
if (AsciiStrLen (AddressBuffer) >= MAX_ADDR_SIZE) {
Print((CHAR16 *)L"Address is too long\n");
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE);
return;
}
-
+
// 2 = 'm' + ','
if (AsciiStrLen (PacketData) - AsciiStrLen (AddressBuffer) - 2 >= MAX_LENGTH_SIZE) {
Print((CHAR16 *)L"Length is too long\n");
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMLENGTH);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMLENGTH);
return;
}
-
+
Address = AsciiStrHexToUintn (AddressBuffer);
Length = AsciiStrHexToUintn (InBufPtr);
-
+
TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend (Length, (unsigned char *)Address);
}
/** "M addr,length :XX..."
- Find the Length of the area in bytes to write and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
+ Find the Length of the area in bytes to write and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
another function, TransferFromInBufToMem, that will write to that memory space the info in
the input buffer.
**/
@@ -668,50 +668,50 @@ WriteToMemory ( CHAR8 *AddrBufPtr; // pointer to the Address buffer
CHAR8 *LengthBufPtr; // pointer to the Length buffer
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
-
+
AddrBufPtr = AddressBuffer;
LengthBufPtr = LengthBuffer;
InBufPtr = &PacketData[1];
-
+
while (*InBufPtr != ',') {
*AddrBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
}
*AddrBufPtr = '\0';
-
+
InBufPtr++; // this skips ',' in the buffer
-
+
while (*InBufPtr != ':') {
*LengthBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
}
*LengthBufPtr = '\0';
-
+
InBufPtr++; // this skips ':' in the buffer
-
+
Address = AsciiStrHexToUintn (AddressBuffer);
Length = AsciiStrHexToUintn (LengthBuffer);
-
+
/* Error checking */
-
+
//Check if Address is not too long.
if (AsciiStrLen (AddressBuffer) >= MAX_ADDR_SIZE) {
Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Address too long..\n");
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE);
return;
}
-
+
//Check if message length is not too long
if (AsciiStrLen (LengthBuffer) >= MAX_LENGTH_SIZE) {
Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Length too long..\n");
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMLENGBUFSIZE);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMLENGBUFSIZE);
return;
}
-
+
// Check if Message is not too long/short.
// 3 = 'M' + ',' + ':'
MessageLength = (AsciiStrLen (PacketData) - AsciiStrLen (AddressBuffer) - AsciiStrLen (LengthBuffer) - 3);
if (MessageLength != (2*Length)) {
//Message too long/short. New data is not the right size.
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATASIZE);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATASIZE);
return;
}
TransferFromInBufToMem (Length, (unsigned char *)Address, InBufPtr);
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ gXferObjectReadResponse ( *OutBufPtr++ = Type;
Count = 1;
- // Binary data encoding
+ // Binary data encoding
OutBufPtr = gOutBuffer;
while (*Str != '\0') {
Char = *Str++;
@@ -816,17 +816,17 @@ gXferObjectReadResponse ( *OutBufPtr = '\0' ; // the end of the buffer
SendPacket (gOutBuffer);
-
+
return Count;
}
/**
- Note: This should be a library function. In the Apple case you have to add
- the size of the PE/COFF header into the starting address to make things work
+ Note: This should be a library function. In the Apple case you have to add
+ the size of the PE/COFF header into the starting address to make things work
right as there is no way to pad the Mach-O for the size of the PE/COFF header.
-
-
+
+
Returns a pointer to the PDB file name for a PE/COFF image that has been
loaded into system memory with the PE/COFF Loader Library functions.
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ gXferObjectReadResponse ( @return The PDB file name for the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data or NULL
if it cannot be retrieved. DebugBase is only valid if PDB file name is
- valid.
+ valid.
**/
VOID *
@@ -895,14 +895,14 @@ PeCoffLoaderGetDebuggerInfo ( TEImageAdjust);
}
SizeOfHeaders = sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) + (UINTN)Hdr.Te->BaseOfCode - (UINTN)Hdr.Te->StrippedSize;
-
+
// __APPLE__ check this math...
*DebugBase = ((CHAR8 *)Pe32Data) - TEImageAdjust;
} else if (Hdr.Pe32->Signature == EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
-
+
*DebugBase = Pe32Data;
-
-
+
+
//
// NOTE: We use Machine field to identify PE32/PE32+, instead of Magic.
// It is due to backward-compatibility, for some system might
@@ -983,38 +983,38 @@ PeCoffLoaderGetDebuggerInfo ( }
-/**
+/**
Process "qXfer:object:read:annex:offset,length" request.
-
- Returns an XML document that contains loaded libraries. In our case it is
+
+ Returns an XML document that contains loaded libraries. In our case it is
information in the EFI Debug Image Table converted into an XML document.
-
- GDB will call with an arbitrary length (it can't know the real length and
- will reply with chunks of XML that are easy for us to deal with. Gdb will
+
+ GDB will call with an arbitrary length (it can't know the real length and
+ will reply with chunks of XML that are easy for us to deal with. Gdb will
keep calling until we say we are done. XML doc looks like:
-
+
<library-list>
<library name="/a/a/c/d.dSYM"><segment address="0x10000000"/></library>
<library name="/a/m/e/e.pdb"><segment address="0x20000000"/></library>
<library name="/a/l/f/f.dll"><segment address="0x30000000"/></library>
</library-list>
-
+
Since we can not allocate memory in interrupt context this module has
assumptions about how it will get called:
1) Length will generally be max remote packet size (big enough)
2) First Offset of an XML document read needs to be 0
3) This code will return back small chunks of the XML document on every read.
Each subsequent call will ask for the next available part of the document.
-
+
Note: The only variable size element in the XML is:
- " <library name=\"%s\"><segment address=\"%p\"/></library>\n" and it is
+ " <library name=\"%s\"><segment address=\"%p\"/></library>\n" and it is
based on the file path and name of the symbol file. If the symbol file name
is bigger than the max gdb remote packet size we could update this code
to respond back in chunks.
@param Offset offset into special data area
- @param Length number of bytes to read starting at Offset
-
+ @param Length number of bytes to read starting at Offset
+
**/
VOID
QxferLibrary (
@@ -1029,8 +1029,8 @@ QxferLibrary ( if (Offset != gPacketqXferLibraryOffset) {
SendError (GDB_EINVALIDARG);
Print (L"\nqXferLibrary (%d, %d) != %d\n", Offset, Length, gPacketqXferLibraryOffset);
-
- // Force a retry from the beginning
+
+ // Force a retry from the beginning
gPacketqXferLibraryOffset = 0;
return;
@@ -1038,41 +1038,41 @@ QxferLibrary ( if (Offset == 0) {
gPacketqXferLibraryOffset += gXferObjectReadResponse ('m', "<library-list>\n");
-
+
// The owner of the table may have had to ralloc it so grab a fresh copy every time
- // we assume qXferLibrary will get called over and over again until the entire XML table is
+ // we assume qXferLibrary will get called over and over again until the entire XML table is
// returned in a tight loop. Since we are in the debugger the table should not get updated
gDebugTable = gDebugImageTableHeader->EfiDebugImageInfoTable;
gEfiDebugImageTableEntry = 0;
return;
}
-
+
if (gDebugTable != NULL) {
for (; gEfiDebugImageTableEntry < gDebugImageTableHeader->TableSize; gEfiDebugImageTableEntry++, gDebugTable++) {
if (gDebugTable->NormalImage != NULL) {
- if ((gDebugTable->NormalImage->ImageInfoType == EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TYPE_NORMAL) &&
+ if ((gDebugTable->NormalImage->ImageInfoType == EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TYPE_NORMAL) &&
(gDebugTable->NormalImage->LoadedImageProtocolInstance != NULL)) {
Pdb = PeCoffLoaderGetDebuggerInfo (
- gDebugTable->NormalImage->LoadedImageProtocolInstance->ImageBase,
+ gDebugTable->NormalImage->LoadedImageProtocolInstance->ImageBase,
&LoadAddress
);
if (Pdb != NULL) {
Size = AsciiSPrint (
- gXferLibraryBuffer,
- sizeof (gXferLibraryBuffer),
- " <library name=\"%a\"><segment address=\"0x%p\"/></library>\n",
+ gXferLibraryBuffer,
+ sizeof (gXferLibraryBuffer),
+ " <library name=\"%a\"><segment address=\"0x%p\"/></library>\n",
Pdb,
LoadAddress
);
if ((Size != 0) && (Size != (sizeof (gXferLibraryBuffer) - 1))) {
gPacketqXferLibraryOffset += gXferObjectReadResponse ('m', gXferLibraryBuffer);
-
+
// Update loop variables so we are in the right place when we get back
gEfiDebugImageTableEntry++;
gDebugTable++;
return;
} else {
- // We could handle <library> entires larger than sizeof (gXferLibraryBuffer) here if
+ // We could handle <library> entires larger than sizeof (gXferLibraryBuffer) here if
// needed by breaking up into N packets
// "<library name=\"%s
// the rest of the string (as many packets as required
@@ -1080,13 +1080,13 @@ QxferLibrary ( //
// But right now we just skip any entry that is too big
}
- }
+ }
}
- }
+ }
}
}
-
-
+
+
gXferObjectReadResponse ('l', "</library-list>\n");
gPacketqXferLibraryOffset = 0;
return;
@@ -1096,55 +1096,55 @@ QxferLibrary ( /**
Exception Hanldler for GDB. It will be called for all exceptions
registered via the gExceptionType[] array.
-
+
@param ExceptionType Exception that is being processed
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-GdbExceptionHandler (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+GdbExceptionHandler (
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
UINT8 GdbExceptionType;
CHAR8 *Ptr;
-
-
+
+
if (ValidateException (ExceptionType, SystemContext) == FALSE) {
return;
}
RemoveSingleStep (SystemContext);
-
+
GdbExceptionType = ConvertEFItoGDBtype (ExceptionType);
GdbSendTSignal (SystemContext, GdbExceptionType);
-
+
for( ; ; ) {
ReceivePacket (gInBuffer, MAX_BUF_SIZE);
-
+
switch (gInBuffer[0]) {
case '?':
GdbSendTSignal (SystemContext, GdbExceptionType);
break;
-
+
case 'c':
- ContinueAtAddress (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
+ ContinueAtAddress (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
return;
case 'g':
ReadGeneralRegisters (SystemContext);
break;
-
+
case 'G':
WriteGeneralRegisters (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
break;
-
+
case 'H':
- //Return "OK" packet since we don't have more than one thread.
+ //Return "OK" packet since we don't have more than one thread.
SendSuccess ();
break;
-
+
case 'm':
ReadFromMemory (gInBuffer);
break;
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ GdbExceptionHandler ( //
// Still debugging this code. Not used in Darwin
//
- case 'q':
+ case 'q':
// General Query Packets
if (AsciiStrnCmp (gInBuffer, "qSupported", 10) == 0) {
// return what we currently support, we don't parse what gdb suports
@@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ GdbExceptionHandler ( // ‘qXfer:libraries:read::offset,length
// gInBuffer[22] is offset string, ++Ptr is length string’
for (Ptr = &gInBuffer[22]; *Ptr != ','; Ptr++);
-
+
// Not sure if multi-radix support is required. Currently only support decimal
QxferLibrary (AsciiStrHexToUintn (&gInBuffer[22]), AsciiStrHexToUintn (++Ptr));
} if (AsciiStrnCmp (gInBuffer, "qOffsets", 10) == 0) {
@@ -1183,18 +1183,18 @@ GdbExceptionHandler ( break;
case 's':
- SingleStep (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
+ SingleStep (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
return;
-
+
case 'z':
RemoveBreakPoint (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
break;
-
+
case 'Z':
InsertBreakPoint (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
break;
-
- default:
+
+ default:
//Send empty packet
SendNotSupported ();
break;
@@ -1204,28 +1204,28 @@ GdbExceptionHandler ( /**
- Periodic callback for GDB. This function is used to catch a ctrl-c or other
+ Periodic callback for GDB. This function is used to catch a ctrl-c or other
break in type command from GDB.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the call
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the call
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-GdbPeriodicCallBack (
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+GdbPeriodicCallBack (
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
//
- // gCtrlCBreakFlag may have been set from a previous F response package
- // and we set the global as we need to process it at a point where we
+ // gCtrlCBreakFlag may have been set from a previous F response package
+ // and we set the global as we need to process it at a point where we
// can update the system context. If we are in the middle of processing
// a F Packet it is not safe to read the GDB serial stream so we need
// to skip it on this check
//
if (!gCtrlCBreakFlag && !gProcessingFPacket) {
//
- // Ctrl-C was not pending so grab any pending characters and see if they
- // are a Ctrl-c (0x03). If so set the Ctrl-C global.
+ // Ctrl-C was not pending so grab any pending characters and see if they
+ // are a Ctrl-c (0x03). If so set the Ctrl-C global.
//
while (TRUE) {
if (!GdbIsCharAvailable ()) {
@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ GdbPeriodicCallBack ( //
break;
}
-
+
if (GdbGetChar () == 0x03) {
gCtrlCBreakFlag = TRUE;
//
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ GdbPeriodicCallBack ( }
}
}
-
+
if (gCtrlCBreakFlag) {
//
// Update the context to force a single step trap when we exit the GDB
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStub.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStub.inf index fd4e9d2e1a..ecb5c61b82 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStub.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStub.inf @@ -34,39 +34,39 @@ [Sources.ARM]
Arm/Processor.c
-
+
[Sources.IA32]
Ia32/Processor.c
-
+
[Sources.X64]
X64/Processor.c
-
-
+
+
[Packages]
MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
+
[LibraryClasses]
- BaseLib
- DebugLib
- UefiLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- DevicePathLib
- PcdLib
+ BaseLib
+ DebugLib
+ UefiLib
+ UefiDriverEntryPoint
+ UefiBootServicesTableLib
+ UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ MemoryAllocationLib
+ DevicePathLib
+ PcdLib
GdbSerialLib
PrintLib
CacheMaintenanceLib
-[Protocols]
- gEfiDebugSupportProtocolGuid
- gEfiDebugPortProtocolGuid
- gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid
-
+[Protocols]
+ gEfiDebugSupportProtocolGuid
+ gEfiDebugPortProtocolGuid
+ gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid
+
[Guids]
gEfiDebugImageInfoTableGuid
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStubInternal.h b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStubInternal.h index e84ca3a0ab..659be6b38f 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStubInternal.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/GdbStubInternal.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ extern CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[];
// maximum size of input and output buffers
-// This value came from the show remote command of the gdb we tested against
+// This value came from the show remote command of the gdb we tested against
#define MAX_BUF_SIZE 2000
// maximum size of address buffer
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ extern CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[]; //
// GDB Signal definitions - generic names for interrupts
//
-#define GDB_SIGILL 4 // Illegal instruction
+#define GDB_SIGILL 4 // Illegal instruction
#define GDB_SIGTRAP 5 // Trace Trap (Breakpoint and SingleStep)
#define GDB_SIGEMT 7 // Emulator Trap
#define GDB_SIGFPE 8 // Floating point exception
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ extern CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[]; // Includes all general GDB Unix like error values
//
#define GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE 11 // the buffer that stores memory Address to be read from/written to is not the right size
-#define GDB_EBADMEMLENGBUFSIZE 12 // the buffer that stores Length is not the right size
+#define GDB_EBADMEMLENGBUFSIZE 12 // the buffer that stores Length is not the right size
#define GDB_EBADMEMLENGTH 13 // Length, the given number of bytes to read or write, is not the right size
-#define GDB_EBADMEMDATA 14 // one of the bytes or nibbles of the memory is leess than 0
+#define GDB_EBADMEMDATA 14 // one of the bytes or nibbles of the memory is leess than 0
#define GDB_EBADMEMDATASIZE 15 // the memory data, 'XX..', is too short or too long
#define GDB_EBADBUFSIZE 21 // the buffer created is not the correct size
#define GDB_EINVALIDARG 31 // argument is invalid
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ extern CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[]; //
//Define Register size for different architectures
//
-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IA32)
+#if defined (MDE_CPU_IA32)
#define REG_SIZE 32
#elif defined (MDE_CPU_X64)
#define REG_SIZE 64
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ typedef union { UINT32 B1:1; // Breakpoint condition detected
UINT32 B2:1; // Breakpoint condition detected
UINT32 B3:1; // Breakpoint condition detected
- UINT32 Reserved_1:9; // Reserved
+ UINT32 Reserved_1:9; // Reserved
UINT32 BD:1; // Debug register access detected
UINT32 BS:1; // Single step
UINT32 BT:1; // Task switch
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ extern EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[]; //
// Set TRUE if F Reply package signals a ctrl-c. We can not process the Ctrl-c
-// here we need to wait for the periodic callback to do this.
+// here we need to wait for the periodic callback to do this.
//
extern BOOLEAN gCtrlCBreakFlag;
@@ -229,8 +229,8 @@ extern UINTN gRegisterOffsets[]; /**
Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxEfiException (
@@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ MaxEfiException ( /**
Return the number of entries in the gRegisters[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxRegisterCount (
@@ -250,9 +250,9 @@ MaxRegisterCount ( /**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
+ Check to see if the ISA is supported.
ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
-
+
@retval TRUE if Isa is supported,
FALSE otherwise.
**/
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ CheckIsa ( /**
Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly with n:r pairs related to the watchpoints
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param GdbExceptionType GDB exception type
**/
@@ -278,29 +278,29 @@ GdbSendTSignal ( /**
Translates the EFI mapping to GDB mapping
-
+
@param EFIExceptionType EFI Exception that is being processed
@retval UINTN that corresponds to EFIExceptionType's GDB exception type number
**/
UINT8
-ConvertEFItoGDBtype (
+ConvertEFItoGDBtype (
IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE EFIExceptionType
);
/**
- Empties the given buffer
+ Empties the given buffer
@param *Buf pointer to the first element in buffer to be emptied
**/
VOID
-EmptyBuffer (
+EmptyBuffer (
IN CHAR8 *Buf
);
/**
Converts an 8-bit Hex Char into a INTN.
-
+
@param Char - the hex character to be converted into UINTN
@retval a INTN, from 0 to 15, that corressponds to Char
-1 if Char is not a hex character
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ HexCharToInt ( Send an error with the given error number after converting to hex.
The error number is put into the buffer in hex. '255' is the biggest errno we can send.
ex: 162 will be sent as A2.
-
+
@param errno the error number that will be sent
**/
VOID
@@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ SendNotSupported ( VOID
);
-/** ‘p n’
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘p n’
+ Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param InBuffer This is the input buffer received from gdb server
**/
@@ -354,12 +354,12 @@ ReadNthRegister ( );
-/** ‘g’
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘g’
+ Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
+ReadGeneralRegisters (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
@@ -390,10 +390,10 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( /** ‘m addr,length ’
- Find the Length of the area to read and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
- another function, TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend, that will read from that memory space and
+ Find the Length of the area to read and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
+ another function, TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend, that will read from that memory space and
send it as a packet.
-
+
@param *PacketData Pointer to Payload data for the packet
**/
VOID
@@ -403,10 +403,10 @@ ReadFromMemory ( /** ‘M addr,length :XX...’
- Find the Length of the area in bytes to write and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
+ Find the Length of the area in bytes to write and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
another function, TransferFromInBufToMem, that will write to that memory space the info in
the input buffer.
-
+
@param PacketData Pointer to Payload data for the packet
**/
VOID
@@ -415,11 +415,11 @@ WriteToMemory ( );
-/** ‘c [addr ]’
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
+/** ‘c [addr ]’
+ Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param *PacketData Pointer to PacketData
**/
@@ -431,9 +431,9 @@ ContinueAtAddress ( /** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
+ Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
at same Address.
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param PacketData Pointer to Payload data for the packet
**/
@@ -443,27 +443,27 @@ SingleStep ( IN CHAR8 *PacketData
);
-/**
+/**
Insert Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
AddSingleStep (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
-
-/**
+
+/**
Remove Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
RemoveSingleStep (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
-
-
+
+
/**
‘Z1, [addr], [length]’
‘Z2, [addr], [length]’
@@ -507,36 +507,36 @@ RemoveBreakPoint( /**
Exception Hanldler for GDB. It will be called for all exceptions
registered via the gExceptionType[] array.
-
+
@param ExceptionType Exception that is being processed
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
-
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-GdbExceptionHandler (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+GdbExceptionHandler (
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
/**
- Periodic callback for GDB. This function is used to catch a ctrl-c or other
+ Periodic callback for GDB. This function is used to catch a ctrl-c or other
break in type command from GDB.
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the call
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-GdbPeriodicCallBack (
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+GdbPeriodicCallBack (
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
/**
Make two serail consoles: 1) StdIn and StdOut via GDB. 2) StdErr via GDB.
-
+
These console show up on the remote system running GDB
**/
@@ -549,15 +549,15 @@ GdbInitializeSerialConsole ( /**
Send a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
+
+ $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
- If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet, but timeout eventually so we don't end up
+
+ If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet, but timeout eventually so we don't end up
in an infinit loop. This is so if you unplug the debugger code just keeps running
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
-
+ @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
+
@retval Number of bytes of packet data sent.
**/
@@ -565,21 +565,21 @@ UINTN SendPacket (
IN CHAR8 *PacketData
);
-
+
/**
Receive a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
+
+ $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
+
If host re-starts sending a packet without ending the previous packet, only the last valid packet is proccessed.
(In other words, if received packet is '$12345$12345$123456#checksum', only '$123456#checksum' will be processed.)
-
+
If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet
-
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
-
+
+ @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
+
@retval Number of bytes of packet data received.
**/
@@ -588,15 +588,15 @@ ReceivePacket ( OUT CHAR8 *PacketData,
IN UINTN PacketDataSize
);
-
+
/**
- Read data from a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes read is returned. Zero indicates
+ Read data from a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes read is returned. Zero indicates
the end of a file. On error -1 is returned. If count is zero, GdbRead returns zero.
@param FileDescriptor Device to talk to.
@param Buffer Buffer to hold Count bytes that were read
- @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
+ @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
@retval -1 Error
@retval {other} Number of bytes read.
@@ -608,15 +608,15 @@ GdbRead ( OUT VOID *Buffer,
IN UINTN Count
);
-
+
/**
- Write data to a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes written is returned. Zero indicates
- nothing was written. On error -1 is returned.
+ Write data to a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes written is returned. Zero indicates
+ nothing was written. On error -1 is returned.
@param FileDescriptor Device to talk to.
@param Buffer Buffer to hold Count bytes that are to be written
- @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
+ @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
@retval -1 Error
@retval {other} Number of bytes written.
@@ -629,13 +629,13 @@ GdbWrite ( IN UINTN Count
);
-UINTN *
+UINTN *
FindPointerToRegister (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
+ IN UINTN RegNumber
);
-CHAR8 *
+CHAR8 *
BasicReadRegister (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
IN UINTN RegNumber,
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ BasicWriteRegister ( IN CHAR8 *InBufPtr
);
-VOID
+VOID
PrintReg (
EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ ParseBreakpointPacket ( UINTN
GetBreakpointDataAddress (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
+ IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
);
UINTN
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ GetBreakpointDetected ( BREAK_TYPE
GetBreakpointType (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
+ IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
);
UINTN
@@ -739,8 +739,8 @@ ValidateAddress ( BOOLEAN
ValidateException (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
#endif
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/Ia32/Processor.c b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/Ia32/Processor.c index e327b3e6db..a4c4ded0c0 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/Ia32/Processor.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/Ia32/Processor.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Processor specific parts of the GDB stub
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ // {EFI mapping, GDB mapping}
//
EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = {
- { EXCEPT_IA32_DIVIDE_ERROR, GDB_SIGFPE },
+ { EXCEPT_IA32_DIVIDE_ERROR, GDB_SIGFPE },
{ EXCEPT_IA32_DEBUG, GDB_SIGTRAP },
{ EXCEPT_IA32_NMI, GDB_SIGEMT },
{ EXCEPT_IA32_BREAKPOINT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = { //Debug only..
-VOID
+VOID
PrintReg (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ PrintReg ( }
//Debug only..
-VOID
+VOID
PrintDRreg (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ PrintDRreg ( /**
Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxEfiException (
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ MaxEfiException ( /**
Return the number of entries in the gRegisters[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxRegisterCount (
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ MaxRegisterCount ( /**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
+ Check to see if the ISA is supported.
ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
-
+
@retval TRUE if Isa is supported,
FALSE otherwise.
**/
@@ -142,14 +142,14 @@ CheckIsa ( This takes in the register number and the System Context, and returns a pointer to the RegNumber-th register in gdb ordering
It is, by default, set to find the register pointer of the IA32 member
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param RegNumber The register to which we want to find a pointer
@retval the pointer to the RegNumber-th pointer
**/
UINTN *
FindPointerToRegister (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
+ IN UINTN RegNumber
)
{
UINT8 *TempPtr;
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ BasicReadRegister ( )
{
UINTN RegSize;
-
+
RegSize = 0;
while (RegSize < REG_SIZE) {
*OutBufPtr++ = mHexToStr[((*FindPointerToRegister (SystemContext, RegNumber) >> (RegSize+4)) & 0xf)];
@@ -185,8 +185,8 @@ BasicReadRegister ( }
-/** ‘p n’
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘p n’
+ Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ ReadNthRegister ( UINTN RegNumber;
CHAR8 OutBuffer[9]; // 1 reg=8 hex chars, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
+
RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&InBuffer[1]);
if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= MaxRegisterCount())) {
@@ -217,14 +217,14 @@ ReadNthRegister ( }
-/** ‘g’
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘g’
+ Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
+ReadGeneralRegisters (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ ReadGeneralRegisters ( CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- for (i = 0 ; i < MaxRegisterCount() ; i++) { // there are only 16 registers to read
+ for (i = 0 ; i < MaxRegisterCount() ; i++) { // there are only 16 registers to read
OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister (SystemContext, i, OutBufPtr);
}
@@ -260,26 +260,26 @@ BasicWriteRegister ( UINTN RegSize;
UINTN TempValue; // the value transferred from a hex char
UINT32 NewValue; // the new value of the RegNumber-th Register
-
+
NewValue = 0;
RegSize = 0;
while (RegSize < REG_SIZE) {
TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
NewValue += (TempValue << (RegSize+4));
TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
+
+ NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
RegSize = RegSize + 8;
}
*(FindPointerToRegister (SystemContext, RegNumber)) = NewValue;
@@ -304,19 +304,19 @@ WriteNthRegister ( CHAR8 RegNumBuffer[MAX_REG_NUM_BUF_SIZE]; // put the 'n..' part of the message into this array
CHAR8 *RegNumBufPtr;
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; // pointer to the input buffer
-
+
// find the register number to write
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
RegNumBufPtr = RegNumBuffer;
while (*InBufPtr != '=') {
*RegNumBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
+ }
*RegNumBufPtr = '\0';
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
+ RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
// check if this is a valid Register Number
if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= MaxRegisterCount())) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
+ SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
return;
}
InBufPtr++; // skips the '=' character
@@ -341,16 +341,16 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( UINTN i;
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
- // check to see if the buffer is the right size which is
- // 1 (for 'G') + 16 (for 16 registers) * 8 ( for 8 hex chars each) = 129
+ // check to see if the buffer is the right size which is
+ // 1 (for 'G') + 16 (for 16 registers) * 8 ( for 8 hex chars each) = 129
if (AsciiStrLen(InBuffer) != 129) { // 16 regs, 8 hex chars each, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- //Bad message. Message is not the right length
- SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
+ //Bad message. Message is not the right length
+ SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
return;
}
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
-
+
// Read the new values for the registers from the input buffer to an array, NewValueArray.
// The values in the array are in the gdb ordering
for (i=0; i < MaxRegisterCount(); i++) { // there are only 16 registers to write
@@ -361,9 +361,9 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( }
-/**
+/**
Insert Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
@@ -374,10 +374,10 @@ AddSingleStep ( SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Eflags |= TF_BIT; //Setting the TF bit.
}
-
-/**
+
+/**
Remove Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
@@ -390,11 +390,11 @@ RemoveSingleStep ( -/** ‘c [addr ]’
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
+/** ‘c [addr ]’
+ Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -405,15 +405,15 @@ ContinueAtAddress ( {
if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Eip = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PacketData[1]);
- }
+ }
}
/** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
+ Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
at same Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ SingleStep ( if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Eip = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PacketData[1]);
}
-
+
AddSingleStep (SystemContext);
}
@@ -469,9 +469,9 @@ GetBreakpointDataAddress ( @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @retval {1-4} Currently detected breakpoint value
+ @retval {1-4} Currently detected breakpoint value
@retval 0 No breakpoint detected.
-
+
**/
UINTN
GetBreakpointDetected (
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ GetBreakpointDetected ( } else if (Dr6.Bits.B3 == 1) {
BreakpointNumber = 4;
} else {
- BreakpointNumber = 0; //No breakpoint detected
+ BreakpointNumber = 0; //No breakpoint detected
}
return BreakpointNumber;
@@ -502,13 +502,13 @@ GetBreakpointDetected ( /**
Returns Breakpoint type (InstructionExecution, DataWrite, DataRead or DataReadWrite)
based on the Breakpoint number
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param BreakpointNumber Breakpoint number
-
+
@retval BREAK_TYPE Breakpoint type value read from register DR7 RWn field
For unknown value, it returns NotSupported.
-
+
**/
BREAK_TYPE
GetBreakpointType (
@@ -522,22 +522,22 @@ GetBreakpointType ( Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
if (BreakpointNumber == 1) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW0;
+ Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW0;
} else if (BreakpointNumber == 2) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW1;
+ Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW1;
} else if (BreakpointNumber == 3) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW2;
+ Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW2;
} else if (BreakpointNumber == 4) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW3;
+ Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW3;
}
return Type;
}
-/**
+/**
Parses Length and returns the length which DR7 LENn field accepts.
- For example: If we receive 1-Byte length then we should return 0.
+ For example: If we receive 1-Byte length then we should return 0.
Zero gets written to DR7 LENn field.
@param Length Breakpoint length in Bytes (1 byte, 2 byte, 4 byte)
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ ConvertLengthData ( IN UINTN Length
)
{
- if (Length == 1) { //1-Byte length
+ if (Length == 1) { //1-Byte length
return 0;
} else if (Length == 2) { //2-Byte length
return 1;
@@ -563,8 +563,8 @@ ConvertLengthData ( /**
- Finds the next free debug register. If all the registers are occupied then
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES is returned.
+ Finds the next free debug register. If all the registers are occupied then
+ EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES is returned.
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param Register Register value (0 - 3 for the first free debug register)
@@ -601,11 +601,11 @@ FindNextFreeDebugRegister ( /**
Enables the debug register. Writes Address value to appropriate DR0-3 register.
Sets LENn, Gn, RWn bits in DR7 register.
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Register Register value (0 - 3)
+ @param Register Register value (0 - 3)
@param Address Breakpoint address value
- @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write, Data read
+ @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write, Data read
or write etc.)
@retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
@@ -625,15 +625,15 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( //Convert length data
Length = ConvertLengthData (Length);
- //For Instruction execution, length should be 0
+ //For Instruction execution, length should be 0
//(Ref. Intel reference manual 18.2.4)
if ((Type == 0) && (Length != 0)) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
//Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
//software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
+ if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
(Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
- //Update Dr7 with appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits
+ //Update Dr7 with appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits
SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7 = Dr7.UintN;
return EFI_SUCCESS;
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param Address Breakpoint address value
@param Length Breakpoint length value
- @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write,
+ @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write,
Data read or write etc.)
@param Register Register value to be returned
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ FindMatchingDebugRegister ( //Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
//software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
+ if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
(Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -711,24 +711,24 @@ FindMatchingDebugRegister ( Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
- if ((Dr7.Bits.G0 == 1) &&
+ if ((Dr7.Bits.G0 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN0 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW0 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW0 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0)) {
*Register = 0;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G1 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G1 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN1 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW1 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW1 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1)) {
*Register = 1;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G2 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G2 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN2 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW2 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW2 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2)) {
*Register = 2;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G3 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G3 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN3 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW3 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW3 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3)) {
*Register = 3;
} else {
@@ -752,12 +752,12 @@ FindMatchingDebugRegister ( EFI_STATUS
DisableDebugRegister (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Register
+ IN UINTN Register
)
{
IA32_DR7 Dr7;
UINTN Address = 0;
-
+
//Read DR7 register so appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits can be turned off.
Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
@@ -914,15 +914,15 @@ RemoveBreakPoint ( }
switch (Type) {
-
+
case 0: //Software breakpoint
BreakType = SoftwareBreakpoint;
break;
-
+
case 1: //Hardware breakpoint
BreakType = InstructionExecution;
break;
-
+
case 2: //Write watchpoint
BreakType = DataWrite;
break;
@@ -984,8 +984,8 @@ ValidateAddress ( BOOLEAN
ValidateException (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
return TRUE;
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/SerialIo.c b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/SerialIo.c index ed06268443..32ceaf1233 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/SerialIo.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/SerialIo.c @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /** @file
- Serial IO Abstraction for GDB stub. This allows an EFI consoles that shows up on the system
+ Serial IO Abstraction for GDB stub. This allows an EFI consoles that shows up on the system
running GDB. One consle for error information and another console for user input/output.
-
- Basic packet format is $packet-data#checksum. So every comand has 4 bytes of overhead: $,
- #, 0, 0. The 0 and 0 are the ascii characters for the checksum.
-
+
+ Basic packet format is $packet-data#checksum. So every comand has 4 bytes of overhead: $,
+ #, 0, 0. The 0 and 0 are the ascii characters for the checksum.
+
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ //
// Set TRUE if F Reply package signals a ctrl-c. We can not process the Ctrl-c
-// here we need to wait for the periodic callback to do this.
+// here we need to wait for the periodic callback to do this.
//
BOOLEAN gCtrlCBreakFlag = FALSE;
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ BOOLEAN gCtrlCBreakFlag = FALSE; BOOLEAN gProcessingFPacket = FALSE;
/**
- Process a control-C break message.
-
- Currently a place holder, remove the ASSERT when it gets implemented.
+ Process a control-C break message.
+
+ Currently a place holder, remove the ASSERT when it gets implemented.
@param ErrNo Error infomration from the F reply packet or other source
@@ -62,55 +62,55 @@ GdbCtrlCBreakMessage ( @param Packet Packet to parse like an F reply packet
@param ErrNo Buffer to hold Count bytes that were read
- @retval -1 Error, not a valid F reply packet
- @retval other Return the return code from the F reply packet
+ @retval -1 Error, not a valid F reply packet
+ @retval other Return the return code from the F reply packet
**/
INTN
GdbParseFReplyPacket (
IN CHAR8 *Packet,
- OUT UINTN *ErrNo
+ OUT UINTN *ErrNo
)
{
INTN RetCode;
-
+
if (Packet[0] != 'F') {
// A valid responce would be an F packet
return -1;
}
-
+
RetCode = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&Packet[1]);
-
- // Find 1st comma
- for (;*Packet != '\0' && *Packet != ','; Packet++);
+
+ // Find 1st comma
+ for (;*Packet != '\0' && *Packet != ','; Packet++);
if (*Packet == '\0') {
*ErrNo = 0;
return RetCode;
}
-
+
*ErrNo = AsciiStrHexToUintn (++Packet);
- // Find 2nd comma
- for (;*Packet != '\0' && *Packet != ','; Packet++);
+ // Find 2nd comma
+ for (;*Packet != '\0' && *Packet != ','; Packet++);
if (*Packet == '\0') {
return RetCode;
}
-
+
if (*(++Packet) == 'C') {
- GdbCtrlCBreakMessage (*ErrNo);
+ GdbCtrlCBreakMessage (*ErrNo);
}
-
+
return RetCode;
}
/**
- Read data from a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes read is returned. Zero indicates
+ Read data from a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes read is returned. Zero indicates
the end of a file. On error -1 is returned. If count is zero, GdbRead returns zero.
@param FileDescriptor Device to talk to.
@param Buffer Buffer to hold Count bytes that were read
- @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
+ @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
@retval -1 Error
@retval {other} Number of bytes read.
@@ -128,19 +128,19 @@ GdbRead ( INTN RetCode;
UINTN ErrNo;
BOOLEAN ReceiveDone = FALSE;
-
+
// Send:
// "Fread,XX,YYYYYYYY,XX
//
// XX - FileDescriptor in ASCII
- // YYYYYYYY - Buffer address in ASCII
+ // YYYYYYYY - Buffer address in ASCII
// XX - Count in ASCII
// SS - check sum
//
Size = AsciiSPrint (Packet, sizeof (Packet), "Fread,%x,%x,%x", FileDescriptor, Buffer, Count);
// Packet array is too small if you got this ASSERT
ASSERT (Size < sizeof (Packet));
-
+
gProcessingFPacket = TRUE;
SendPacket (Packet);
Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Packet sent..\n");
@@ -175,25 +175,25 @@ GdbRead ( RetCode = GdbParseFReplyPacket (Packet, &ErrNo);
Print ((CHAR16 *)L"RetCode: %x..ErrNo: %x..\n", RetCode, ErrNo);
-
+
if (ErrNo > 0) {
//Send error to the host if there is any.
SendError ((UINT8)ErrNo);
}
-
+
gProcessingFPacket = FALSE;
return RetCode;
-}
-
+}
+
/**
- Write data to a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes written is returned. Zero indicates
- nothing was written. On error -1 is returned.
+ Write data to a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes written is returned. Zero indicates
+ nothing was written. On error -1 is returned.
@param FileDescriptor Device to talk to.
@param Buffer Buffer to hold Count bytes that are to be written
- @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
+ @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
@retval -1 Error
@retval {other} Number of bytes written.
@@ -216,14 +216,14 @@ GdbWrite ( // #Fwrite,XX,YYYYYYYY,XX$SS
//
// XX - FileDescriptor in ASCII
- // YYYYYYYY - Buffer address in ASCII
+ // YYYYYYYY - Buffer address in ASCII
// XX - Count in ASCII
// SS - check sum
//
Size = AsciiSPrint (Packet, sizeof (Packet), "Fwrite,%x,%x,%x", FileDescriptor, Buffer, Count);
// Packet array is too small if you got this ASSERT
ASSERT (Size < sizeof (Packet));
-
+
SendPacket (Packet);
Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Packet sent..\n");
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ GdbWrite ( // Process GDB commands
switch (Packet[0]) {
//Read memory command.
- //m addr,length.
+ //m addr,length.
case 'm':
ReadFromMemory (Packet);
break;
@@ -243,13 +243,13 @@ GdbWrite ( //Fretcode, errno, Ctrl-C flag
//retcode - Count read
case 'F':
- //Once target receives F reply packet that means the previous
+ //Once target receives F reply packet that means the previous
//transactions are finished.
ReceiveDone = TRUE;
break;
-
+
//Send empty buffer
- default :
+ default :
SendNotSupported();
break;
}
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ GdbWrite ( if (ErrNo > 0) {
SendError((UINT8)ErrNo);
}
-
+
return RetCode;
}
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ GdbWrite ( Reset the serial device.
@param This Protocol instance pointer.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The device was reset.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The serial device could not be reset.
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ GdbSerialReset ( /**
- Sets the baud rate, receive FIFO depth, transmit/receice time out, parity,
+ Sets the baud rate, receive FIFO depth, transmit/receice time out, parity,
data buts, and stop bits on a serial device.
@param This Protocol instance pointer.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ GdbSerialSetControl ( @param This Protocol instance pointer.
@param Control A pointer to return the current Control signals from the serial device.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The control bits were read from the serial device.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The serial device is not functioning correctly.
@@ -396,16 +396,16 @@ GdbSerialWrite ( UINTN Return;
SerialDev = GDB_SERIAL_DEV_FROM_THIS (This);
-
+
Return = GdbWrite (SerialDev->OutFileDescriptor, Buffer, *BufferSize);
if (Return == (UINTN)-1) {
return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
}
-
+
if (Return != *BufferSize) {
*BufferSize = Return;
}
-
+
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
@@ -435,27 +435,27 @@ GdbSerialRead ( UINTN Return;
SerialDev = GDB_SERIAL_DEV_FROM_THIS (This);
-
+
Return = GdbRead (SerialDev->InFileDescriptor, Buffer, *BufferSize);
if (Return == (UINTN)-1) {
return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
}
-
+
if (Return != *BufferSize) {
*BufferSize = Return;
}
-
+
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
-//
+//
// Template used to initailize the GDB Serial IO protocols
//
GDB_SERIAL_DEV gdbSerialDevTemplate = {
GDB_SERIAL_DEV_SIGNATURE,
NULL,
-
+
{ // SerialIo
SERIAL_IO_INTERFACE_REVISION,
GdbSerialReset,
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ GDB_SERIAL_DEV gdbSerialDevTemplate = { /**
Make two serial consoles: 1) StdIn and StdOut via GDB. 2) StdErr via GDB.
-
+
These console show up on the remote system running GDB
**/
@@ -520,21 +520,21 @@ GdbInitializeSerialConsole ( // Use the template to make a copy of the Serial Console private data structure.
StdOutSerialDev = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (GDB_SERIAL_DEV), &gdbSerialDevTemplate);
ASSERT (StdOutSerialDev != NULL);
-
+
// Fixup pointer after the copy
StdOutSerialDev->SerialIo.Mode = &StdOutSerialDev->SerialMode;
-
+
StdErrSerialDev = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (GDB_SERIAL_DEV), &gdbSerialDevTemplate);
ASSERT (StdErrSerialDev != NULL);
// Fixup pointer and modify stuff that is different for StdError
- StdErrSerialDev->SerialIo.Mode = &StdErrSerialDev->SerialMode;
+ StdErrSerialDev->SerialIo.Mode = &StdErrSerialDev->SerialMode;
StdErrSerialDev->DevicePath.Index = 1;
StdErrSerialDev->OutFileDescriptor = GDB_STDERR;
-
+
// Make a new handle with Serial IO protocol and its device path on it.
Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &StdOutSerialDev->Handle,
+ &StdOutSerialDev->Handle,
&gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid, &StdOutSerialDev->SerialIo,
&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &StdOutSerialDev->DevicePath,
NULL
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ GdbInitializeSerialConsole ( // Make a new handle with Serial IO protocol and its device path on it.
Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &StdErrSerialDev->Handle,
+ &StdErrSerialDev->Handle,
&gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid, &StdErrSerialDev->SerialIo,
&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &StdErrSerialDev->DevicePath,
NULL
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/X64/Processor.c b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/X64/Processor.c index 5d13c937ee..8a39c4828f 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/X64/Processor.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/GdbStub/X64/Processor.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Processor specific parts of the GDB stub
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ // Array of exception types that need to be hooked by the debugger
//
EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = {
- { EXCEPT_X64_DIVIDE_ERROR, GDB_SIGFPE },
+ { EXCEPT_X64_DIVIDE_ERROR, GDB_SIGFPE },
{ EXCEPT_X64_DEBUG, GDB_SIGTRAP },
{ EXCEPT_X64_NMI, GDB_SIGEMT },
{ EXCEPT_X64_BREAKPOINT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = { // The offsets of registers SystemContextX64.
-// The fields in the array are in the gdb ordering.
+// The fields in the array are in the gdb ordering.
// HAVE TO DOUBLE-CHECK THE ORDER of the 24 regs
//
UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = {
@@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = { /**
Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxEfiException (
@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ MaxEfiException ( /**
Return the number of entries in the gRegisters[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxRegisterCount (
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ MaxRegisterCount ( return sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN);
}
-
+
/**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
+ Check to see if the ISA is supported.
ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
@retval TRUE if Isa is supported
@@ -114,14 +114,14 @@ CheckIsa ( /**
This takes in the register number and the System Context, and returns a pointer to the RegNumber-th register in gdb ordering
It is, by default, set to find the register pointer of the X64 member
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param RegNumber The register to which we want to find a pointer
@retval the pointer to the RegNumber-th pointer
**/
UINTN *
FindPointerToRegister(
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
+ IN UINTN RegNumber
)
{
UINT8 *TempPtr;
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ BasicReadRegister ( )
{
UINTN RegSize;
-
+
RegSize = 0;
while (RegSize < 64) {
*OutBufPtr++ = mHexToStr[((*FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber) >> (RegSize+4)) & 0xf)];
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ BasicReadRegister ( }
-/** ‘p n’
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘p n’
+ Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
**/
@@ -170,42 +170,42 @@ ReadNthRegister ( UINTN RegNumber;
CHAR8 OutBuffer[17]; // 1 reg=16 hex chars, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
+
RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&InBuffer[1]);
-
+
if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= MaxRegisterCount())) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
+ SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
return;
}
-
+
OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber, OutBufPtr);
-
+
*OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
SendPacket (OutBuffer);
}
-/** ‘g’
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘g’
+ Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
+ReadGeneralRegisters (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
UINTN i;
CHAR8 OutBuffer[385]; // 24 regs, 16 hex chars each, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
+
OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- for(i = 0 ; i < MaxRegisterCount() ; i++) { // there are only 24 registers to read
+ for(i = 0 ; i < MaxRegisterCount() ; i++) { // there are only 24 registers to read
OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister(SystemContext, i, OutBufPtr);
}
-
+
*OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
SendPacket (OutBuffer);
}
@@ -229,26 +229,26 @@ BasicWriteRegister ( UINTN RegSize;
UINTN TempValue; // the value transferred from a hex char
UINT64 NewValue; // the new value of the RegNumber-th Register
-
+
NewValue = 0;
RegSize = 0;
while (RegSize < 64) {
TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
-
+
NewValue += (TempValue << (RegSize+4));
TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
+
+ NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
RegSize = RegSize + 8;
}
*(FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber)) = NewValue;
@@ -273,19 +273,19 @@ WriteNthRegister ( CHAR8 RegNumBuffer[MAX_REG_NUM_BUF_SIZE]; // put the 'n..' part of the message into this array
CHAR8 *RegNumBufPtr;
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; // pointer to the input buffer
-
+
// find the register number to write
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
RegNumBufPtr = RegNumBuffer;
while (*InBufPtr != '=') {
*RegNumBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
+ }
*RegNumBufPtr = '\0';
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
+ RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
// check if this is a valid Register Number
if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= MaxRegisterCount())) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
+ SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
return;
}
InBufPtr++; // skips the '=' character
@@ -309,30 +309,30 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( {
UINTN i;
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
-
- // check to see if the buffer is the right size which is
- // 1 (for 'G') + 16 (for 16 registers) * 8 ( for 8 hex chars each) = 385
+
+ // check to see if the buffer is the right size which is
+ // 1 (for 'G') + 16 (for 16 registers) * 8 ( for 8 hex chars each) = 385
if (AsciiStrLen(InBuffer) != 385) { // 24 regs, 16 hex chars each, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- //Bad message. Message is not the right length
- SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
+ //Bad message. Message is not the right length
+ SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
return;
}
-
+
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
-
+
// Read the new values for the registers from the input buffer to an array, NewValueArray.
// The values in the array are in the gdb ordering
for(i=0; i < MaxRegisterCount(); i++) { // there are only 16 registers to write
InBufPtr = BasicWriteRegister(SystemContext, i, InBufPtr);
}
-
+
SendSuccess();
}
- /**
+ /**
Insert Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
@@ -343,11 +343,11 @@ AddSingleStep ( SystemContext.SystemContextX64->Rflags |= TF_BIT; //Setting the TF bit.
}
-
-
-/**
+
+
+/**
Remove Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
@@ -360,11 +360,11 @@ RemoveSingleStep ( -/** ‘c [addr ]’
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
+/** ‘c [addr ]’
+ Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -375,15 +375,15 @@ ContinueAtAddress ( {
if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
SystemContext.SystemContextX64->Rip = AsciiStrHexToUintn(&PacketData[1]);
- }
+ }
}
/** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
+ Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
at same Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -395,19 +395,19 @@ SingleStep ( if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
SystemContext.SystemContextX64->Rip = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PacketData[1]);
}
-
+
AddSingleStep (SystemContext);
}
/**
- Returns breakpoint data address from DR0-DR3 based on the input breakpoint
+ Returns breakpoint data address from DR0-DR3 based on the input breakpoint
number
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param BreakpointNumber Breakpoint number
- @retval Address Data address from DR0-DR3 based on the
+ @retval Address Data address from DR0-DR3 based on the
breakpoint number.
**/
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ GetBreakpointDataAddress ( }
/**
- Returns currently detected breakpoint value based on the register
+ Returns currently detected breakpoint value based on the register
DR6 B0-B3 field.
If no breakpoint is detected then it returns 0.
@@ -471,13 +471,13 @@ GetBreakpointDetected ( }
/**
- Returns Breakpoint type (InstructionExecution, DataWrite, DataRead
+ Returns Breakpoint type (InstructionExecution, DataWrite, DataRead
or DataReadWrite) based on the Breakpoint number
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param BreakpointNumber Breakpoint number
- @retval BREAK_TYPE Breakpoint type value read from register DR7 RWn
+ @retval BREAK_TYPE Breakpoint type value read from register DR7 RWn
field. For unknown value, it returns NotSupported.
**/
@@ -506,9 +506,9 @@ GetBreakpointType ( }
-/**
+/**
Parses Length and returns the length which DR7 LENn field accepts.
- For example: If we receive 1-Byte length then we should return 0.
+ For example: If we receive 1-Byte length then we should return 0.
Zero gets written to DR7 LENn field.
@param Length Breakpoint length in Bytes (1 byte, 2 byte, 4 byte)
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ ConvertLengthData ( IN UINTN Length
)
{
- if (Length == 1) { //1-Byte length
+ if (Length == 1) { //1-Byte length
return 0;
} else if (Length == 2) { //2-Byte length
return 1;
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ FindNextFreeDebugRegister ( @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param Register Register value (0 - 3)
@param Address Breakpoint address value
- @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write,
+ @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write,
Data read or write etc.)
@retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( //Convert length data
Length = ConvertLengthData (Length);
- //For Instruction execution, length should be 0
+ //For Instruction execution, length should be 0
//(Ref. Intel reference manual 18.2.4)
if ((Type == 0) && (Length != 0)) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( //Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
//software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
+ if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
(Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -643,14 +643,14 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( }
-/**
- Returns register number 0 - 3 for the maching debug register.
- This function compares incoming Address, Type, Length and
+/**
+ Returns register number 0 - 3 for the maching debug register.
+ This function compares incoming Address, Type, Length and
if there is a match then it returns the appropriate register number.
In case of mismatch, function returns EFI_NOT_FOUND message.
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Address Breakpoint address value
+ @param Address Breakpoint address value
@param Length Breakpoint length value
@param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write, Data read
or write etc.)
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ FindMatchingDebugRegister ( //Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
//software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
+ if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
(Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -682,24 +682,24 @@ FindMatchingDebugRegister ( Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
- if ((Dr7.Bits.G0 == 1) &&
+ if ((Dr7.Bits.G0 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN0 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW0 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW0 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0)) {
*Register = 0;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G1 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G1 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN1 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW1 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW1 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1)) {
*Register = 1;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G2 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G2 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN2 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW2 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW2 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2)) {
*Register = 2;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G3 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G3 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN3 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW3 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW3 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3)) {
*Register = 3;
} else {
@@ -884,15 +884,15 @@ RemoveBreakPoint ( }
switch (Type) {
-
+
case 0: //Software breakpoint
BreakType = SoftwareBreakpoint;
break;
-
+
case 1: //Hardware breakpoint
BreakType = InstructionExecution;
break;
-
+
case 2: //Write watchpoint
BreakType = DataWrite;
break;
@@ -954,8 +954,8 @@ ValidateAddress ( BOOLEAN
ValidateException (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
return TRUE;
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Guid/ExtractSection.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Guid/ExtractSection.h index 6f0e0efe07..f471e876a1 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Guid/ExtractSection.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Guid/ExtractSection.h @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ typedef struct { } EXTRACT_SECTION_DATA;
typedef struct {
- EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE Hob;
+ EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE Hob;
EXTRACT_SECTION_DATA Data;
} EXTRACT_SECTION_HOB;
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/DebugAgentTimerLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/DebugAgentTimerLib.h index 1b9769509b..0a5e5d491e 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/DebugAgentTimerLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/DebugAgentTimerLib.h @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /** @file
- Platform specific Debug Agent abstraction for timer used by the agent.
+ Platform specific Debug Agent abstraction for timer used by the agent.
The timer is used by the debugger to break into a running program.
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -31,33 +31,32 @@ EFIAPI DebugAgentTimerIntialize (
VOID
);
-
+
/**
Set the period for the debug agent timer. Zero means disable the timer.
@param[in] TimerPeriodMilliseconds Frequency of the debug agent timer.
-**/
+**/
VOID
EFIAPI
DebugAgentTimerSetPeriod (
IN UINT32 TimerPeriodMilliseconds
);
-
+
/**
- Perform End Of Interrupt for the debug agent timer. This is called in the
- interrupt handler after the interrupt has been processed.
+ Perform End Of Interrupt for the debug agent timer. This is called in the
+ interrupt handler after the interrupt has been processed.
-**/
+**/
VOID
EFIAPI
DebugAgentTimerEndOfInterrupt (
VOID
);
-
+
#endif
-
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/DmaLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/DmaLib.h index 6e876dd26a..3814291c28 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/DmaLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/DmaLib.h @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /** @file
DMA abstraction library APIs. Based on UEFI PCI IO protocol DMA abstractions.
- At some point these functions will probably end up in a non PCI protocol
+ At some point these functions will probably end up in a non PCI protocol
for embedded systems.
DMA Bus Master Read Operation:
- Call DmaMap() for MapOperationBusMasterRead.
- Program the DMA Bus Master with the DeviceAddress returned by DmaMap().
- Start the DMA Bus Master.
- Wait for DMA Bus Master to complete the read operation.
+ Call DmaMap() for MapOperationBusMasterRead.
+ Program the DMA Bus Master with the DeviceAddress returned by DmaMap().
+ Start the DMA Bus Master.
+ Wait for DMA Bus Master to complete the read operation.
Call DmaUnmap().
DMA Bus Master Write Operation:
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ Call DmaUnmap().
DMA Bus Master Common Buffer Operation:
- Call DmaAllocateBuffer() to allocate a common buffer.
- Call DmaMap() for MapOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer.
- Program the DMA Bus Master with the DeviceAddress returned by DmaMap().
- The common buffer can now be accessed equally by the processor and the DMA bus master.
- Call DmaUnmap().
+ Call DmaAllocateBuffer() to allocate a common buffer.
+ Call DmaMap() for MapOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer.
+ Program the DMA Bus Master with the DeviceAddress returned by DmaMap().
+ The common buffer can now be accessed equally by the processor and the DMA bus master.
+ Call DmaUnmap().
Call DmaFreeBuffer().
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
@@ -60,25 +60,25 @@ typedef enum { -/**
+/**
Provides the DMA controller-specific addresses needed to access system memory.
-
+
Operation is relative to the DMA bus master.
-
+
@param Operation Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.
@param HostAddress The system memory address to map to the DMA controller.
@param NumberOfBytes On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes
- that were mapped.
+ that were mapped.
@param DeviceAddress The resulting map address for the bus master controller to use to
- access the hosts HostAddress.
+ access the hosts HostAddress.
@param Mapping A resulting value to pass to DmaUnmap().
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The system hardware could not map the requested address.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -93,15 +93,15 @@ DmaMap ( -/**
+/**
Completes the DmaMapBusMasterRead, DmaMapBusMasterWrite, or DmaMapBusMasterCommonBuffer
operation and releases any corresponding resources.
-
+
@param Mapping The mapping value returned from DmaMap().
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The range was unmapped.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The data was not committed to the target system memory.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -110,22 +110,22 @@ DmaUnmap ( );
-/**
+/**
Allocates pages that are suitable for an DmaMap() of type MapOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer.
- mapping.
-
+ mapping.
+
@param MemoryType The type of memory to allocate, EfiBootServicesData or
- EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- @param Pages The number of pages to allocate.
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData.
+ @param Pages The number of pages to allocate.
@param HostAddress A pointer to store the base system memory address of the
- allocated range.
+ allocated range.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested memory pages were allocated.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are
- MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.
+ MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The memory pages could not be allocated.
-
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The memory pages could not be allocated.
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -136,16 +136,16 @@ DmaAllocateBuffer ( );
-/**
+/**
Frees memory that was allocated with DmaAllocateBuffer().
-
- @param Pages The number of pages to free.
- @param HostAddress The base system memory address of the allocated range.
-
+
+ @param Pages The number of pages to free.
+ @param HostAddress The base system memory address of the allocated range.
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested memory pages were freed.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages
was not allocated with DmaAllocateBuffer().
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -155,5 +155,5 @@ DmaFreeBuffer ( );
-#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib.h index f760f8e2af..65aedddddd 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ EblAddExternalCommands ( @param TimeoutInSec Number of seconds to wait to timeout
- @param CallBack Callback called every second during the timeout wait
+ @param CallBack Callback called every second during the timeout wait
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ EblGetCharKey ( string. This depends on the last print done before calling this function.
- CurrentRow is updated by one on a call or set back to zero if a prompt is
+ CurrentRow is updated by one on a call or set back to zero if a prompt is
needed.
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblCmdLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblCmdLib.h index 5c21d05f00..5df71e634a 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblCmdLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblCmdLib.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ EblAddCommands ( //
-// LIbrary constructor called directly from Ebl Code.
+// LIbrary constructor called directly from Ebl Code.
// This module calls EblAddCommand () or EblAddCommands () to register new commands
//
VOID
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblNetworkLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblNetworkLib.h index 9292cf9b0f..66dc6ac305 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblNetworkLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EblNetworkLib.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ EblSetStationIp ( IN EFI_IP_ADDRESS *NewStationIp, OPTIONAL
IN EFI_IP_ADDRESS *NewSubnetMask OPTIONAL
);
-
+
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
EblMtftp (
@@ -63,6 +63,6 @@ EblMtftp ( IN EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_MTFTP_INFO *Info OPTIONAL,
IN BOOLEAN DontUseBuffer
);
-
+
#endif
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EfiFileLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EfiFileLib.h index 033375cea0..e86be4c95b 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EfiFileLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EfiFileLib.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** @file
- Library functions that perform file IO. Memory buffer, file system, and
- fimrware volume operations are supproted.
+ Library functions that perform file IO. Memory buffer, file system, and
+ fimrware volume operations are supproted.
Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ current mounted device concept of current working directory concept implement
by this library.
- Device names are case insensative and only check the leading characters for
+ Device names are case insensative and only check the leading characters for
unique matches. Thus the following are all the same:
LoadFile0:
l0:
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ fs3: - EFI Simple File System device 3
Fv2: - EFI Firmware VOlume device 2
1.2.3.4:name - TFTP IP and file name
-
+
**/
#ifndef __EFI_FILE_LIB_H__
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ #define MAX_PATHNAME 0x200
-/// Type of the file that has been opened
+/// Type of the file that has been opened
typedef enum {
EfiOpenLoadFile,
EfiOpenMemoryBuffer,
@@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ typedef enum { /// Public information about the open file
typedef struct {
- UINTN Version; // Common information
+ UINTN Version; // Common information
EFI_OPEN_FILE_TYPE Type;
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
EFI_STATUS LastError;
- EFI_HANDLE EfiHandle;
+ EFI_HANDLE EfiHandle;
CHAR8 *DeviceName;
CHAR8 *FileName;
@@ -76,18 +76,18 @@ typedef struct { UINT64 MaxPosition;
UINTN BaseOffset; // Base offset for hexdump command
-
+
UINTN Size; // Valid for all types other than l#:
UINT8 *Buffer; // Information valid for A#:
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv; // Information valid for Fv#:
- EFI_GUID FvNameGuid;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE FvSectionType;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE FvType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FvAttributes;
+ EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv; // Information valid for Fv#:
+ EFI_GUID FvNameGuid;
+ EFI_SECTION_TYPE FvSectionType;
+ EFI_FV_FILETYPE FvType;
+ EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FvAttributes;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FvStart;
- UINTN FvSize;
+ EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FvStart;
+ UINTN FvSize;
UINTN FvHeaderSize;
EFI_FILE *FsFileHandle; // Information valid for Fs#:
@@ -99,11 +99,11 @@ typedef struct { UINTN DiskOffset; // Information valid for B#:
EFI_LOAD_FILE_PROTOCOL *LoadFile; // Information valid for l#:
-
+
EFI_IP_ADDRESS ServerIp; // Information valid for t:
BOOLEAN IsDirty;
BOOLEAN IsBufferValid;
-
+
} EFI_OPEN_FILE;
@@ -117,17 +117,17 @@ typedef enum { /**
- Open a device named by PathName. The PathName includes a device name and
+ Open a device named by PathName. The PathName includes a device name and
path separated by a :. See file header for more details on the PathName
syntax. There is no checking to prevent a file from being opened more than
- one type.
+ one type.
SectionType is only used to open an FV. Each file in an FV contains multiple
sections and only the SectionType section is opened.
For any file that is opened with EfiOpen() must be closed with EfiClose().
- @param PathName Path to parse to open
+ @param PathName Path to parse to open
@param OpenMode Same as EFI_FILE.Open()
@param SectionType Section in FV to open.
@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@ EfiClose ( /**
- Return the size of the file represented by Stream. Also return the current
+ Return the size of the file represented by Stream. Also return the current
Seek position. Opening a file will enable a valid file size to be returned.
- LoadFile is an exception as a load file size is set to zero.
+ LoadFile is an exception as a load file size is set to zero.
@param Stream Open File Handle
@@ -200,16 +200,16 @@ EfiTell ( /**
Seek to the Offset location in the file. LoadFile and FV device types do
- not support EfiSeek(). It is not possible to grow the file size using
+ not support EfiSeek(). It is not possible to grow the file size using
EfiSeek().
-
+
SeekType defines how use Offset to calculate the new file position:
EfiSeekStart : Position = Offset
EfiSeekCurrent: Position is Offset bytes from the current position
EfiSeekEnd : Only supported if Offset is zero to seek to end of file.
@param Stream Open File Handle
- @param Offset Offset to seek too.
+ @param Offset Offset to seek too.
@param SeekType Type of seek to perform
@@ -229,10 +229,10 @@ EfiSeek ( /**
Read BufferSize bytes from the current location in the file. For load file
- and FV case you must read the entire file.
+ and FV case you must read the entire file.
@param Stream Open File Handle
- @param Buffer Caller allocated buffer.
+ @param Buffer Caller allocated buffer.
@param BufferSize Size of buffer in bytes.
@@ -253,13 +253,13 @@ EfiRead ( /**
Read the entire file into a buffer. This routine allocates the buffer and
- returns it to the user full of the read data.
+ returns it to the user full of the read data.
This is very useful for load file where it's hard to know how big the buffer
must be.
@param Stream Open File Handle
- @param Buffer Pointer to buffer to return.
+ @param Buffer Pointer to buffer to return.
@param BufferSize Pointer to Size of buffer return..
@@ -279,10 +279,10 @@ EfiReadAllocatePool ( /**
- Write data back to the file.
+ Write data back to the file.
@param Stream Open File Handle
- @param Buffer Pointer to buffer to return.
+ @param Buffer Pointer to buffer to return.
@param BufferSize Pointer to Size of buffer return..
@@ -313,12 +313,12 @@ UINTN EfiGetDeviceCounts (
IN EFI_OPEN_FILE_TYPE Type
);
-
+
/**
Set the Current Working Directory (CWD). If a call is made to EfiOpen () and
the path does not contain a device name, The CWD is prepended to the path.
-
+
@param Cwd Current Working Directory to set
@@ -329,22 +329,22 @@ EfiGetDeviceCounts ( EFI_STATUS
EfiSetCwd (
IN CHAR8 *Cwd
- );
+ );
/**
Set the Current Working Directory (CWD). If a call is made to EfiOpen () and
the path does not contain a device name, The CWD is prepended to the path.
-
- @param Cwd Current Working Directory
+
+ @param Cwd Current Working Directory
@return NULL No CWD set
@return 'other' malloc'ed buffer contains CWD.
-
+
**/
CHAR8 *
EfiGetCwd (
VOID
- );
+ );
#endif
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EfiResetSystemLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EfiResetSystemLib.h index 89e0a11c7d..83b95c9ddb 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EfiResetSystemLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/EfiResetSystemLib.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ LibResetSystem ( IN UINTN DataSize,
IN CHAR16 *ResetData OPTIONAL
);
-
+
/**
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ LibResetSystem ( @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
**/
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/GdbSerialLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/GdbSerialLib.h index 6e8eeb4e6f..aa4c3ff640 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/GdbSerialLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/GdbSerialLib.h @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ /**
- Sets the baud rate, receive FIFO depth, transmit/receice time out, parity,
+ Sets the baud rate, receive FIFO depth, transmit/receice time out, parity,
data buts, and stop bits on a serial device. This call is optional as the serial
port will be set up with defaults base on PCD values.
@@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ RETURN_STATUS
EFIAPI
GdbSerialInit (
- IN UINT64 BaudRate,
- IN UINT8 Parity,
- IN UINT8 DataBits,
- IN UINT8 StopBits
- );
+ IN UINT64 BaudRate,
+ IN UINT8 Parity,
+ IN UINT8 DataBits,
+ IN UINT8 StopBits
+ );
/**
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ GdbSerialInit ( @return TRUE - Character availible
@return FALSE - Character not availible
-
+
**/
BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ GdbIsCharAvailable ( Get a character from GDB. This function must be able to run in interrupt context.
@return A character from GDB
-
+
**/
CHAR8
EFIAPI
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib.h index 7a666df25d..16b9ed2e24 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib.h @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
*
* Copyright (c) 2011, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-*
-* This program and the accompanying materials
-* are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-* which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-* http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
*
-* THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+* This program and the accompanying materials
+* are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+* which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+* http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+*
+* THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
*
**/
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ PrePeiGetHobList ( Updates the pointer to the HOB list.
@param HobList Hob list pointer to store
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/PrePiLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/PrePiLib.h index 6144513a86..9ac7f38a1f 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/PrePiLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/PrePiLib.h @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ FfsFindSectionData ( /**
Find a file in the volume by name
-
+
@param FileName A pointer to the name of the file to
find within the firmware volume.
@@ -117,15 +117,15 @@ FfsFindByName ( information.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
represent a valid file.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
FfsGetFileInfo (
IN CONST EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO *FileInfo
@@ -141,10 +141,10 @@ FfsGetFileInfo ( information.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
represent a valid file.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
**/
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ FfsProcessFvFile ( @param FileType File handle of a Fv type file.
@param Volumehandle On succes Volume Handle of the match
@param FileHandle On success File Handle of the match
-
+
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FV image can't be found.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully found FileType
@@ -212,10 +212,10 @@ FfsProcessFvFile ( /**
- This service enables PEIMs to ascertain the present value of the boot mode.
+ This service enables PEIMs to ascertain the present value of the boot mode.
- @retval BootMode
+ @retval BootMode
**/
EFI_BOOT_MODE
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ GetBootMode ( /**
- This service enables PEIMs to update the boot mode variable.
+ This service enables PEIMs to update the boot mode variable.
@param BootMode The value of the boot mode to set.
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ SetBootMode ( VOID *
EFIAPI
GetHobList (
- VOID
+ VOID
);
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ GetHobList ( Updates the pointer to the HOB list.
@param HobList Hob list pointer to store
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ CreateHob ( /**
Returns the next instance of a HOB type from the starting HOB.
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB type from the starting HOB pointer.
+ This function searches the first instance of a HOB type from the starting HOB pointer.
If there does not exist such HOB type from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
In contrast with macro GET_NEXT_HOB(), this function does not skip the starting HOB pointer
unconditionally: it returns HobStart back if HobStart itself meets the requirement;
@@ -336,8 +336,8 @@ GetNextHob ( /**
Returns the first instance of a HOB type among the whole HOB list.
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB type among the whole HOB list.
- If there does not exist such HOB type in the HOB list, it will return NULL.
+ This function searches the first instance of a HOB type among the whole HOB list.
+ If there does not exist such HOB type in the HOB list, it will return NULL.
@param Type The HOB type to return.
@@ -351,10 +351,10 @@ GetFirstHob ( );
/**
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB from the starting HOB pointer.
- Such HOB should satisfy two conditions:
- its HOB type is EFI_HOB_TYPE_GUID_EXTENSION and its GUID Name equals to the input Guid.
- If there does not exist such HOB from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
+ This function searches the first instance of a HOB from the starting HOB pointer.
+ Such HOB should satisfy two conditions:
+ its HOB type is EFI_HOB_TYPE_GUID_EXTENSION and its GUID Name equals to the input Guid.
+ If there does not exist such HOB from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
Caller is required to apply GET_GUID_HOB_DATA () and GET_GUID_HOB_DATA_SIZE ()
to extract the data section and its size info respectively.
In contrast with macro GET_NEXT_HOB(), this function does not skip the starting HOB pointer
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ GetNextGuidHob ( );
/**
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB among the whole HOB list.
+ This function searches the first instance of a HOB among the whole HOB list.
Such HOB should satisfy two conditions:
its HOB type is EFI_HOB_TYPE_GUID_EXTENSION and its GUID Name equals to the input Guid.
If there does not exist such HOB from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
@@ -447,8 +447,8 @@ BuildResourceDescriptorHob ( /**
Builds a GUID HOB with a certain data length.
- This function builds a customized HOB tagged with a GUID for identification
- and returns the start address of GUID HOB data so that caller can fill the customized data.
+ This function builds a customized HOB tagged with a GUID for identification
+ and returns the start address of GUID HOB data so that caller can fill the customized data.
The HOB Header and Name field is already stripped.
It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ BuildFvHob ( );
/**
- Builds a Firmware Volume HOB and a resrouce descriptor hob
+ Builds a Firmware Volume HOB and a resrouce descriptor hob
This function builds a Firmware Volume HOB.
It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
@@ -530,11 +530,11 @@ BuildFvHob ( **/
VOID
EFIAPI
-BuildFvHobs (
+BuildFvHobs (
IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalStart,
IN UINT64 NumberOfBytes,
IN EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE *ResourceAttribute OPTIONAL
- );
+ );
/**
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ BuildFvHobs ( @param Length The size of the Firmware Volume in bytes.
@param FvName The name of the Firmware Volume.
@param FileName The name of the file.
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -702,12 +702,12 @@ BuildPeCoffLoaderHob ( @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
**/
-VOID *
+VOID *
EFIAPI
AllocatePages (
IN UINTN Pages
);
-
+
/**
Allocates a buffer of type EfiBootServicesData.
@@ -725,8 +725,8 @@ EFIAPI AllocatePool (
IN UINTN AllocationSize
);
-
-
+
+
/**
Allocates one or more 4KB pages of type EfiBootServicesData at a specified alignment.
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/RealTimeClockLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/RealTimeClockLib.h index 2545844bb3..59a34aad13 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/RealTimeClockLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/RealTimeClockLib.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** @file
Implement EFI RealTimeClock runtime services via Lib.
-
+
Currently this driver does not support runtime virtual calling.
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/SerialPortExtLib.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/SerialPortExtLib.h index a32365bf78..29a7537b15 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/SerialPortExtLib.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Library/SerialPortExtLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Copyright (c) 2012, ARM Ltd. All rights reserved.
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/DebugSupportPeriodicCallback.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/DebugSupportPeriodicCallback.h index 105e4a23c9..3d95f930b9 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/DebugSupportPeriodicCallback.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/DebugSupportPeriodicCallback.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** @file
Protocol is used to help implement DebugSupport.RegisterPeriodicCallback() functionality.
- This enables the DXE timer driver to support the periodic callback function so the
+ This enables the DXE timer driver to support the periodic callback function so the
DebugSupport driver does not need to contain platform specific information about how a timer
works.
@@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ struct _EFI_DEBUG_SUPPORT_PERIODIC_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL { extern EFI_GUID gEfiDebugSupportPeriodicCallbackProtocolGuid;
-#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EblAddCommand.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EblAddCommand.h index a7809b27b3..4a9f494c5d 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EblAddCommand.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EblAddCommand.h @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ typedef struct { /**
Add a single command table entry.
-
+
@param EntryArray Pointer EBL_COMMAND_TABLE of the command that is being added
**/
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ VOID );
-typedef
+typedef
VOID
(EFIAPI *EBL_GET_CHAR_CALL_BACK) (
IN UINTN ElapsedTime
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ VOID @param Key EFI Key information returned
@param TimeoutInSec Number of seconds to wait to timeout
- @param CallBack Callback called every second during the timeout wait
+ @param CallBack Callback called every second during the timeout wait
@return EFI_SUCCESS Key was returned
@return EFI_TIMEOUT If the TimoutInSec expired
**/
-typedef
+typedef
EFI_STATUS
(EFIAPI *EBL_GET_CHAR_KEY) (
IN OUT EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ EFI_STATUS If the use hits Q to quit return TRUE else for any other key return FALSE.
PrefixNewline is used to figure out if a newline is needed before the prompt
string. This depends on the last print done before calling this function.
- CurrentRow is updated by one on a call or set back to zero if a prompt is
+ CurrentRow is updated by one on a call or set back to zero if a prompt is
needed.
@param CurrentRow Used to figure out if its the end of the page and updated
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedDevice.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedDevice.h index c41e5b41a6..a999a97557 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedDevice.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedDevice.h @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ /** @file
Deal with devices that just exist in memory space.
-
+
To follow the EFI driver model you need a root handle to start with. An
- EFI driver will have a driver binding protocol (Supported, Start, Stop)
- that is used to layer on top of a handle via a gBS->ConnectController.
+ EFI driver will have a driver binding protocol (Supported, Start, Stop)
+ that is used to layer on top of a handle via a gBS->ConnectController.
The first handle has to just be in the system to make that work. For
- PCI it is a PCI Root Bridge IO protocol that provides the root.
-
- On an embedded system with MMIO device we need a handle to just
- show up. That handle will have this protocol and a device path
- protocol on it.
-
+ PCI it is a PCI Root Bridge IO protocol that provides the root.
+
+ On an embedded system with MMIO device we need a handle to just
+ show up. That handle will have this protocol and a device path
+ protocol on it.
+
For an ethernet device the device path must contain a MAC address device path
node.
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedExternalDevice.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedExternalDevice.h index 603dc5ed86..5fe06eb8ce 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedExternalDevice.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedExternalDevice.h @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Arguments: Offset - starting register number
Length - number of bytes to read
Buffer - destination buffer
-
+
Returns:
EFI_SUCCESS - registers read successfully
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Arguments: Offset - starting register number
Length - number of bytes to write
Buffer - source buffer
-
+
Returns:
EFI_SUCCESS - registers written successfully
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedGpio.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedGpio.h index 77ea7ad034..4e7c8dbcd6 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedGpio.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/EmbeddedGpio.h @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Arguments: This - pointer to protocol
Gpio - which pin to read
Value - state of the pin
-
+
Returns:
EFI_SUCCESS - GPIO state returned in Value
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Arguments: This - pointer to protocol
Gpio - which pin to modify
Mode - mode to set
-
+
Returns:
EFI_SUCCESS - GPIO set as requested
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Arguments: This - pointer to protocol
Gpio - which pin
Mode - pointer to output mode value
-
+
Returns:
EFI_SUCCESS - mode value retrieved
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Arguments: This - pointer to protocol
Gpio - which pin
Direction - pull-up, pull-down, or none
-
+
Returns:
EFI_SUCCESS - pin was set
@@ -164,4 +164,4 @@ struct _EMBEDDED_GPIO { extern EFI_GUID gEmbeddedGpioProtocolGuid;
-#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/HardwareInterrupt.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/HardwareInterrupt.h index 53651dd822..c4b5b9fa62 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/HardwareInterrupt.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/HardwareInterrupt.h @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /** @file
Abstraction for hardware based interrupt routine
-
+
On non IA-32 systems it is common to have a single hardware interrupt vector
and a 2nd layer of software that routes the interrupt handlers based on the
- interrupt source. This protocol enables this routing. The driver implementing
- this protocol is responsible for clearing the pending interrupt in the
- interrupt routing hardware. The HARDWARE_INTERRUPT_HANDLER is responsible
+ interrupt source. This protocol enables this routing. The driver implementing
+ this protocol is responsible for clearing the pending interrupt in the
+ interrupt routing hardware. The HARDWARE_INTERRUPT_HANDLER is responsible
for clearing interrupt sources from individual devices.
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ typedef UINTN HARDWARE_INTERRUPT_SOURCE; @param Source Source of the interrupt. Hardware routing off a specific platform defines
what source means.
@param SystemContext Pointer to system register context. Mostly used by debuggers and will
- update the system context after the return from the interrupt if
+ update the system context after the return from the interrupt if
modified. Don't change these values unless you know what you are doing
**/
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ typedef VOID
(EFIAPI *HARDWARE_INTERRUPT_HANDLER) (
IN HARDWARE_INTERRUPT_SOURCE Source,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+ IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
@@ -133,11 +133,11 @@ EFI_STATUS (EFIAPI *HARDWARE_INTERRUPT_INTERRUPT_STATE) (
IN EFI_HARDWARE_INTERRUPT_PROTOCOL *This,
IN HARDWARE_INTERRUPT_SOURCE Source,
- IN BOOLEAN *InterruptState
+ IN BOOLEAN *InterruptState
);
/**
- Signal to the hardware that the End Of Intrrupt state
+ Signal to the hardware that the End Of Intrrupt state
has been reached.
@param This Instance pointer for this protocol
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/MmcHost.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/MmcHost.h index 08f2ad9349..89f2e80b5c 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/MmcHost.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/MmcHost.h @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ Definition of the MMC Host Protocol
Copyright (c) 2011-2014, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/PeCoffLoader.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/PeCoffLoader.h index 91332e3f57..1f93cefd17 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/PeCoffLoader.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/Protocol/PeCoffLoader.h @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Portions copyright (c) 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -30,16 +30,16 @@ typedef struct _PE_COFF_LOADER_PROTOCOL PE_COFF_LOADER_PROTOCOL; /**
Retrieves information about a PE/COFF image.
- Computes the PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
- DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva fields of the ImageContext structure.
- If ImageContext is NULL, then return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER.
- If the PE/COFF image accessed through the ImageRead service in the ImageContext
- structure is not a supported PE/COFF image type, then return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED.
- If any errors occur while computing the fields of ImageContext,
- then the error status is returned in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
+ Computes the PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
+ DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and
+ DebugDirectoryEntryRva fields of the ImageContext structure.
+ If ImageContext is NULL, then return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+ If the PE/COFF image accessed through the ImageRead service in the ImageContext
+ structure is not a supported PE/COFF image type, then return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED.
+ If any errors occur while computing the fields of ImageContext,
+ then the error status is returned in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
If the image is a TE image, then SectionAlignment is set to 0.
- The ImageRead and Handle fields of ImageContext structure must be valid prior
+ The ImageRead and Handle fields of ImageContext structure must be valid prior
to invoking this service.
@param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
@@ -64,12 +64,12 @@ RETURN_STATUS ImageContext as the relocation base address. Otherwise, use the DestinationAddress field
of ImageContext as the relocation base address. The caller must allocate the relocation
fixup log buffer and fill in the FixupData field of ImageContext prior to calling this function.
-
- The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress,
- ImageSize, DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders,
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva, EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer, and FixupData of
+
+ The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress,
+ ImageSize, DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders,
+ DebugDirectoryEntryRva, EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer, and FixupData of
the ImageContext structure must be valid prior to invoking this service.
-
+
If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
@@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ RETURN_STATUS specified by the ImageAddress and ImageSize fields of ImageContext. The caller must allocate
the load buffer and fill in the ImageAddress and ImageSize fields prior to calling this function.
The EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer and HiiResourceData fields of ImageContext are computed.
- The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
- DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and DebugDirectoryEntryRva
+ The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
+ DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and DebugDirectoryEntryRva
fields of the ImageContext structure must be valid prior to invoking this service.
-
+
If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
@@ -135,25 +135,25 @@ RETURN_STATUS /**
Reads contents of a PE/COFF image from a buffer in system memory.
-
- This is the default implementation of a PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE function
- that assumes FileHandle pointer to the beginning of a PE/COFF image.
- This function reads contents of the PE/COFF image that starts at the system memory
- address specified by FileHandle. The read operation copies ReadSize bytes from the
- PE/COFF image starting at byte offset FileOffset into the buffer specified by Buffer.
+
+ This is the default implementation of a PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE function
+ that assumes FileHandle pointer to the beginning of a PE/COFF image.
+ This function reads contents of the PE/COFF image that starts at the system memory
+ address specified by FileHandle. The read operation copies ReadSize bytes from the
+ PE/COFF image starting at byte offset FileOffset into the buffer specified by Buffer.
The size of the buffer actually read is returned in ReadSize.
-
+
If FileHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ReadSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param FileHandle Pointer to base of the input stream
@param FileOffset Offset into the PE/COFF image to begin the read operation.
- @param ReadSize On input, the size in bytes of the requested read operation.
+ @param ReadSize On input, the size in bytes of the requested read operation.
On output, the number of bytes actually read.
@param Buffer Output buffer that contains the data read from the PE/COFF image.
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Data is read from FileOffset from the Handle into
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Data is read from FileOffset from the Handle into
the buffer.
**/
typedef
@@ -169,26 +169,26 @@ RETURN_STATUS /**
Reapply fixups on a fixed up PE32/PE32+ image to allow virutal calling at EFI
- runtime.
-
- This function reapplies relocation fixups to the PE/COFF image specified by ImageBase
- and ImageSize so the image will execute correctly when the PE/COFF image is mapped
- to the address specified by VirtualImageBase. RelocationData must be identical
- to the FiuxupData buffer from the PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT structure
+ runtime.
+
+ This function reapplies relocation fixups to the PE/COFF image specified by ImageBase
+ and ImageSize so the image will execute correctly when the PE/COFF image is mapped
+ to the address specified by VirtualImageBase. RelocationData must be identical
+ to the FiuxupData buffer from the PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT structure
after this PE/COFF image was relocated with PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage().
Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
cache(s) in hardware, then the caller is responsible for performing cache maintenance operations
prior to transferring control to a PE/COFF image that is loaded using this library.
- @param ImageBase Base address of a PE/COFF image that has been loaded
+ @param ImageBase Base address of a PE/COFF image that has been loaded
and relocated into system memory.
@param VirtImageBase The request virtual address that the PE/COFF image is to
be fixed up for.
@param ImageSize The size, in bytes, of the PE/COFF image.
- @param RelocationData A pointer to the relocation data that was collected when the PE/COFF
+ @param RelocationData A pointer to the relocation data that was collected when the PE/COFF
image was relocated using PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage().
-
+
**/
typedef
VOID
@@ -203,15 +203,15 @@ VOID /**
Unloads a loaded PE/COFF image from memory and releases its taken resource.
- Releases any environment specific resources that were allocated when the image
- specified by ImageContext was loaded using PeCoffLoaderLoadImage().
-
+ Releases any environment specific resources that were allocated when the image
+ specified by ImageContext was loaded using PeCoffLoaderLoadImage().
+
For NT32 emulator, the PE/COFF image loaded by system needs to release.
- For real platform, the PE/COFF image loaded by Core doesn't needs to be unloaded,
+ For real platform, the PE/COFF image loaded by Core doesn't needs to be unloaded,
this function can simply return RETURN_SUCCESS.
-
+
If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
image to be unloaded.
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/libfdt_env.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/libfdt_env.h index a8ab463493..3e24db9409 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Include/libfdt_env.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Include/libfdt_env.h @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
*
* Copyright (c) 2011-2014, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-*
-* This program and the accompanying materials
-* are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-* which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-* http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
*
-* THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+* This program and the accompanying materials
+* are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+* which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+* http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+*
+* THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
*
**/
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DebugAgentTimerLibNull/DebugAgentTimerLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DebugAgentTimerLibNull/DebugAgentTimerLib.c index 7fab09bad6..bb1ea132cf 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DebugAgentTimerLibNull/DebugAgentTimerLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DebugAgentTimerLibNull/DebugAgentTimerLib.c @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ program with the debugger.
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ DebugAgentTimerIntialize ( )
{
}
-
-
+
+
/**
Set the period for the debug agent timer. Zero means disable the timer.
@param[in] TimerPeriodMilliseconds Frequency of the debug agent timer.
-**/
+**/
VOID
EFIAPI
DebugAgentTimerSetPeriod (
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ DebugAgentTimerSetPeriod ( )
{
}
-
+
/**
- Perform End Of Interrupt for the debug agent timer. This is called in the
- interrupt handler after the interrupt has been processed.
+ Perform End Of Interrupt for the debug agent timer. This is called in the
+ interrupt handler after the interrupt has been processed.
-**/
+**/
VOID
EFIAPI
DebugAgentTimerEndOfInterrupt (
@@ -60,5 +60,4 @@ DebugAgentTimerEndOfInterrupt ( )
{
}
-
-
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoff.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoff.c index 1757c8e82f..bcc694816a 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoff.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoff.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /** @file
- PE/COFF Loader Library implementation that wraps a protocol passed up from
+ PE/COFF Loader Library implementation that wraps a protocol passed up from
SEC/PEI via a HOB. This is done to save space.
Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
@@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ PE_COFF_LOADER_PROTOCOL *gPeCoffLoader = NULL; /**
Retrieves information about a PE/COFF image.
- Computes the PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
- DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva fields of the ImageContext structure.
- If ImageContext is NULL, then return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER.
- If the PE/COFF image accessed through the ImageRead service in the ImageContext
- structure is not a supported PE/COFF image type, then return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED.
- If any errors occur while computing the fields of ImageContext,
- then the error status is returned in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
+ Computes the PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
+ DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and
+ DebugDirectoryEntryRva fields of the ImageContext structure.
+ If ImageContext is NULL, then return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+ If the PE/COFF image accessed through the ImageRead service in the ImageContext
+ structure is not a supported PE/COFF image type, then return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED.
+ If any errors occur while computing the fields of ImageContext,
+ then the error status is returned in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
If the image is a TE image, then SectionAlignment is set to 0.
- The ImageRead and Handle fields of ImageContext structure must be valid prior
+ The ImageRead and Handle fields of ImageContext structure must be valid prior
to invoking this service.
@param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
@@ -64,12 +64,12 @@ PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo ( ImageContext as the relocation base address. Otherwise, use the DestinationAddress field
of ImageContext as the relocation base address. The caller must allocate the relocation
fixup log buffer and fill in the FixupData field of ImageContext prior to calling this function.
-
- The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress,
- ImageSize, DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders,
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva, EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer, and FixupData of
+
+ The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress,
+ ImageSize, DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders,
+ DebugDirectoryEntryRva, EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer, and FixupData of
the ImageContext structure must be valid prior to invoking this service.
-
+
If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@ PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage ( specified by the ImageAddress and ImageSize fields of ImageContext. The caller must allocate
the load buffer and fill in the ImageAddress and ImageSize fields prior to calling this function.
The EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer and HiiResourceData fields of ImageContext are computed.
- The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
- DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and DebugDirectoryEntryRva
+ The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
+ DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and DebugDirectoryEntryRva
fields of the ImageContext structure must be valid prior to invoking this service.
-
+
If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
@@ -140,25 +140,25 @@ PeCoffLoaderLoadImage ( /**
Reads contents of a PE/COFF image from a buffer in system memory.
-
- This is the default implementation of a PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE function
- that assumes FileHandle pointer to the beginning of a PE/COFF image.
- This function reads contents of the PE/COFF image that starts at the system memory
- address specified by FileHandle. The read operation copies ReadSize bytes from the
- PE/COFF image starting at byte offset FileOffset into the buffer specified by Buffer.
+
+ This is the default implementation of a PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE function
+ that assumes FileHandle pointer to the beginning of a PE/COFF image.
+ This function reads contents of the PE/COFF image that starts at the system memory
+ address specified by FileHandle. The read operation copies ReadSize bytes from the
+ PE/COFF image starting at byte offset FileOffset into the buffer specified by Buffer.
The size of the buffer actually read is returned in ReadSize.
-
+
If FileHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ReadSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param FileHandle Pointer to base of the input stream
@param FileOffset Offset into the PE/COFF image to begin the read operation.
- @param ReadSize On input, the size in bytes of the requested read operation.
+ @param ReadSize On input, the size in bytes of the requested read operation.
On output, the number of bytes actually read.
@param Buffer Output buffer that contains the data read from the PE/COFF image.
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Data is read from FileOffset from the Handle into
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Data is read from FileOffset from the Handle into
the buffer.
**/
RETURN_STATUS
@@ -176,33 +176,33 @@ PeCoffLoaderImageReadFromMemory ( ReadSize,
Buffer
);
-
+
}
/**
Reapply fixups on a fixed up PE32/PE32+ image to allow virutal calling at EFI
- runtime.
-
- This function reapplies relocation fixups to the PE/COFF image specified by ImageBase
- and ImageSize so the image will execute correctly when the PE/COFF image is mapped
- to the address specified by VirtualImageBase. RelocationData must be identical
- to the FiuxupData buffer from the PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT structure
+ runtime.
+
+ This function reapplies relocation fixups to the PE/COFF image specified by ImageBase
+ and ImageSize so the image will execute correctly when the PE/COFF image is mapped
+ to the address specified by VirtualImageBase. RelocationData must be identical
+ to the FiuxupData buffer from the PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT structure
after this PE/COFF image was relocated with PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage().
Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
cache(s) in hardware, then the caller is responsible for performing cache maintenance operations
prior to transferring control to a PE/COFF image that is loaded using this library.
- @param ImageBase Base address of a PE/COFF image that has been loaded
+ @param ImageBase Base address of a PE/COFF image that has been loaded
and relocated into system memory.
@param VirtImageBase The request virtual address that the PE/COFF image is to
be fixed up for.
@param ImageSize The size, in bytes, of the PE/COFF image.
- @param RelocationData A pointer to the relocation data that was collected when the PE/COFF
+ @param RelocationData A pointer to the relocation data that was collected when the PE/COFF
image was relocated using PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage().
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -224,15 +224,15 @@ PeCoffLoaderRelocateImageForRuntime ( /**
Unloads a loaded PE/COFF image from memory and releases its taken resource.
- Releases any environment specific resources that were allocated when the image
- specified by ImageContext was loaded using PeCoffLoaderLoadImage().
-
+ Releases any environment specific resources that were allocated when the image
+ specified by ImageContext was loaded using PeCoffLoaderLoadImage().
+
For NT32 emulator, the PE/COFF image loaded by system needs to release.
- For real platform, the PE/COFF image loaded by Core doesn't needs to be unloaded,
+ For real platform, the PE/COFF image loaded by Core doesn't needs to be unloaded,
this function can simply return RETURN_SUCCESS.
-
+
If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
image to be unloaded.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ DxeHobPeCoffLibConstructor ( if (Hob == NULL) {
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
+
gPeCoffLoader = Hob->Interface;
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoffLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoffLib.inf index 048394b9bb..d6eb1cf0cf 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoffLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoffLib.inf @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #/** @file
-# PE/COFF Loader Library implementation that wraps a protocol passed up from
+# PE/COFF Loader Library implementation that wraps a protocol passed up from
# SEC/PEI via a HOB. This is done to save space.
#
# Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 671C6FD7-99FB-4EE3-B640-4B1D463BC3B5
MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = PeCoffLib
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = PeCoffLib
CONSTRUCTOR = DxeHobPeCoffLibConstructor
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.c index 90ae8d44d5..3b9f1846d3 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.c @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ EBL_ADD_COMMAND_PROTOCOL *gEblExternalCommand = NULL; @param Key EFI Key information returned
@param TimeoutInSec Number of seconds to wait to timeout
- @param CallBack Callback called every second during the timeout wait
+ @param CallBack Callback called every second during the timeout wait
@return EFI_SUCCESS Key was returned
@return EFI_TIMEOUT If the TimoutInSec expired
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ EblGetCharKey ( If the use hits Q to quit return TRUE else for any other key return FALSE.
PrefixNewline is used to figure out if a newline is needed before the prompt
string. This depends on the last print done before calling this function.
- CurrentRow is updated by one on a call or set back to zero if a prompt is
+ CurrentRow is updated by one on a call or set back to zero if a prompt is
needed.
@param CurrentRow Used to figure out if its the end of the page and updated
@@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ EblAddCommandNotificationEvent ( /**
The user Entry Point for the driver. The user code starts with this function
- as the real entry point for the image goes into a library that calls this
+ as the real entry point for the image goes into a library that calls this
function.
- @param[in] ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
+ @param[in] ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param[in] SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The entry point is executed successfully.
@retval other Some error occurs when executing this entry point.
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ EblAddExternalCommands ( mAddExternalCmdLibTemplate = EntryArray;
mAddExternalCmdLibTemplateSize = ArrayCount;
-
+
EfiCreateProtocolNotifyEvent (
&gEfiEblAddCommandProtocolGuid,
TPL_CALLBACK,
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ EblAddExternalCommands ( NULL,
&mEblCommandRegistration
);
-
+
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.inf index 03258751c0..335386a8c8 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.inf @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 9195D970-C6F7-484E-8013-5B03C89C3B81
MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = EblAddExternalCommandLib|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = EblAddExternalCommandLib|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
#
@@ -40,9 +40,8 @@ UefiBootServicesTableLib
UefiLib
EblAddExternalCommandLib
-
+
[Protocols]
gEfiEblAddCommandProtocolGuid
-
+
[Guids]
-
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.inf index 52e343997d..c7935ae37e 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.inf @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 3513C4E2-06D6-4921-9C2B-E938777BA79E
MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = EfiCmdLib|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = EfiCmdLib|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
#
@@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
[LibraryClasses]
-
+
[Protocols]
-
+
[Guids]
-
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.c index 3b0f6a1c71..1c945cd33b 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ EblGetCurrentIpAddress ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL *Pxe;
-
+
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Pxe);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
return Status;
@@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ EblLoadFileBootTypeString ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
VOID *NullPtr;
-
+
Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (Handle, &gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid, &NullPtr);
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return "EFI PXE Network Boot";
}
-
- return "";
+
+ return "";
}
EFI_STATUS
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ EblPerformDHCP ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL *Pxe;
-
+
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Pxe);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
return Status;
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ EblSetStationIp ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL *Pxe;
-
+
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Pxe);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
return Status;
@@ -128,12 +128,12 @@ EblSetStationIp ( if (EFI_ERROR(Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {
return Status;
}
-
+
Status = Pxe->SetStationIp (Pxe, NewStationIp, NewSubnetMask);
return Status;
}
-
+
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
EblMtftp (
@@ -150,12 +150,12 @@ EblMtftp ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL *Pxe;
-
+
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Pxe);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
return Status;
}
-
+
Status = Pxe->Mtftp (
Pxe,
Operation,
@@ -170,4 +170,4 @@ EblMtftp ( );
return Status;
}
-
+
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.inf index 4d66bacb81..c9b2d31dc4 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.inf @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ #/** @file
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
#**/
[Defines]
@@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid
[Depex]
- TRUE
\ No newline at end of file + TRUE
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.c index 83a3b7841f..448127d93f 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.c @@ -34,19 +34,19 @@ Fv2: - EFI Firmware VOlume device 2 **/
#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>
-#include <Protocol/DiskIo.h>
-#include <Protocol/SimpleFileSystem.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
+#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>
+#include <Protocol/DiskIo.h>
+#include <Protocol/SimpleFileSystem.h>
+#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
#include <Protocol/LoadFile.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolumeBlock.h>
+#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolumeBlock.h>
#include <Guid/FileInfo.h>
#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ EblUpdateDeviceLists ( /**
PathName is in the form <device name>:<path> for example fs1:\ or ROOT:\.
Return TRUE if the <devce name> prefix of PathName matches a file system
-Volume Name. MatchIndex is the array index in mFsInfo[] of the match,
+Volume Name. MatchIndex is the array index in mFsInfo[] of the match,
and it can be used with mFs[] to find the handle that needs to be opened
@param PathName PathName to check
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ EfiGetDeviceCounts ( EFI_STATUS
ConvertIpStringToEfiIp (
- IN CHAR8 *PathName,
+ IN CHAR8 *PathName,
OUT EFI_IP_ADDRESS *ServerIp
)
{
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ ConvertIpStringToEfiIp ( /**
-Internal work function to extract a device number from a string skipping
+Internal work function to extract a device number from a string skipping
text. Easy way to extract numbers from strings like blk7:.
@param Str String to extract device number form
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ EblConvertDevStringToNumber ( UINTN Index;
- // Find the first digit
+ // Find the first digit
Max = AsciiStrLen (Str);
for (Index = 0; !((*Str >= '0') && (*Str <= '9')) && (Index < Max); Index++) {
Str++;
@@ -563,11 +563,11 @@ EblFvFileDevicePath ( do {
File->FvType = EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL;
GetNextFileStatus = File->Fv->GetNextFile (
- File->Fv,
+ File->Fv,
&Key,
- &File->FvType,
- &File->FvNameGuid,
- &File->FvAttributes,
+ &File->FvType,
+ &File->FvNameGuid,
+ &File->FvAttributes,
&File->Size
);
if (!EFI_ERROR (GetNextFileStatus)) {
@@ -634,17 +634,17 @@ EblFvFileDevicePath ( /**
-Open a device named by PathName. The PathName includes a device name and
+Open a device named by PathName. The PathName includes a device name and
path separated by a :. See file header for more details on the PathName
syntax. There is no checking to prevent a file from being opened more than
-one type.
+one type.
SectionType is only used to open an FV. Each file in an FV contains multiple
sections and only the SectionType section is opened.
For any file that is opened with EfiOpen() must be closed with EfiClose().
-@param PathName Path to parse to open
+@param PathName Path to parse to open
@param OpenMode Same as EFI_FILE.Open()
@param SectionType Section in FV to open.
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ EfiOpen ( }
if ((PathName[0] == '/') || (PathName[0] == '\\')) {
- // PathName starts in / so this means we go to the root of the device in the CWD.
+ // PathName starts in / so this means we go to the root of the device in the CWD.
CwdPlusPathName[0] = '\0';
for (FileStart = 0; gCwd[FileStart] != '\0'; FileStart++) {
CwdPlusPathName[FileStart] = gCwd[FileStart];
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ EfiOpen ( return File;
}
- DevNumber = EblConvertDevStringToNumber ((CHAR8 *)PathName);
+ DevNumber = EblConvertDevStringToNumber ((CHAR8 *)PathName);
}
File->DeviceName = AllocatePool (StrLen);
@@ -750,11 +750,11 @@ EfiOpen ( if (File->FileName[0] == '\0') {
// if it is just a file name use / as root
File->FileName = "\\";
- }
+ }
//
// Use best match algorithm on the dev names so we only need to look at the
- // first few charters to match the full device name. Short name forms are
+ // first few charters to match the full device name. Short name forms are
// legal from the caller.
//
Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ EfiOpen ( File->EfiHandle = mFs[DevNumber];
Status = EblFileDevicePath (File, &PathName[FileStart], OpenMode);
- } else if (PathName[1] == 'v' || PathName[1] == 'V') {
+ } else if (PathName[1] == 'v' || PathName[1] == 'V') {
if (DevNumber >= mFvCount) {
goto ErrorExit;
}
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ EfiOpen ( for (Index = FileStart; PathName[Index] != '\0'; Index++) {
if (PathName[Index] == ':') {
// Support fv0:\DxeCore:0x10
- // This means open the PE32 Section of the file
+ // This means open the PE32 Section of the file
ModifiedSectionType = (EFI_SECTION_TYPE)AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PathName[Index + 1]);
PathName[Index] = '\0';
}
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ EfiCopyFile ( if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("Write file error %r\n", Status);
goto Exit;
- }
+ }
}
// Any left over?
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ EfiCopyFile ( if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("Write file error\n");
goto Exit;
- }
+ }
}
Exit:
@@ -1026,16 +1026,16 @@ EfiDeviceOpenByType ( DevStr = "loadfile%d:";
break;
case EfiOpenFirmwareVolume:
- DevStr = "fv%d:";
+ DevStr = "fv%d:";
break;
case EfiOpenFileSystem:
- DevStr = "fs%d:";
+ DevStr = "fs%d:";
break;
case EfiOpenBlockIo:
- DevStr = "blk%d:";
+ DevStr = "blk%d:";
break;
case EfiOpenMemoryBuffer:
- DevStr = "a%d:";
+ DevStr = "a%d:";
break;
default:
return NULL;
@@ -1074,14 +1074,14 @@ EfiClose ( TftpBufferSize = File->Size;
Status = EblMtftp (
- EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_TFTP_WRITE_FILE,
- File->Buffer,
- TRUE,
- &TftpBufferSize,
- NULL,
- &File->ServerIp,
- (UINT8 *)File->FileName,
- NULL,
+ EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_TFTP_WRITE_FILE,
+ File->Buffer,
+ TRUE,
+ &TftpBufferSize,
+ NULL,
+ &File->ServerIp,
+ (UINT8 *)File->FileName,
+ NULL,
FALSE
);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ EfiClose ( }
}
- if ((File->Type == EfiOpenLoadFile) ||
+ if ((File->Type == EfiOpenLoadFile) ||
((File->Type == EfiOpenTftp) && (File->IsBufferValid == TRUE)) ||
((File->Type == EfiOpenFirmwareVolume) && (File->IsBufferValid == TRUE))) {
EblFreePool(File->Buffer);
@@ -1112,9 +1112,9 @@ EfiClose ( /**
-Return the size of the file represented by Stream. Also return the current
+Return the size of the file represented by Stream. Also return the current
Seek position. Opening a file will enable a valid file size to be returned.
-LoadFile is an exception as a load file size is set to zero.
+LoadFile is an exception as a load file size is set to zero.
@param Stream Open File Handle
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ EfiTell ( /**
Seek to the Offset location in the file. LoadFile and FV device types do
-not support EfiSeek(). It is not possible to grow the file size using
+not support EfiSeek(). It is not possible to grow the file size using
EfiSeek().
SeekType defines how use Offset to calculate the new file position:
@@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ EfiSeekCurrent: Position is Offset bytes from the current position EfiSeekEnd : Only supported if Offset is zero to seek to end of file.
@param Stream Open File Handle
-@param Offset Offset to seek too.
+@param Offset Offset to seek too.
@param SeekType Type of seek to perform
@@ -1278,14 +1278,14 @@ CacheTftpFile ( TftpBufferSize = File->Size;
Status = EblMtftp (
- EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_TFTP_READ_FILE,
- File->Buffer,
- FALSE,
- &TftpBufferSize,
- NULL,
- &File->ServerIp,
- (UINT8 *)File->FileName,
- NULL,
+ EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_TFTP_READ_FILE,
+ File->Buffer,
+ FALSE,
+ &TftpBufferSize,
+ NULL,
+ &File->ServerIp,
+ (UINT8 *)File->FileName,
+ NULL,
FALSE);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
AsciiPrint("TFTP error during APPLE_NSP_TFTP_READ_FILE: %r\n", Status);
@@ -1301,10 +1301,10 @@ CacheTftpFile ( /**
Read BufferSize bytes from the current location in the file. For load file,
-FV, and TFTP case you must read the entire file.
+FV, and TFTP case you must read the entire file.
@param Stream Open File Handle
-@param Buffer Caller allocated buffer.
+@param Buffer Caller allocated buffer.
@param BufferSize Size of buffer in bytes.
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ EfiRead ( case EfiOpenFirmwareVolume:
if (CompareGuid (&File->FvNameGuid, &gZeroGuid)) {
- // This is the entire FV device, so treat like a memory buffer
+ // This is the entire FV device, so treat like a memory buffer
CopyMem (Buffer, (VOID *)(UINTN)(File->FvStart + File->CurrentPosition), *BufferSize);
File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
@@ -1429,13 +1429,13 @@ EfiRead ( /**
Read the entire file into a buffer. This routine allocates the buffer and
-returns it to the user full of the read data.
+returns it to the user full of the read data.
This is very useful for load file where it's hard to know how big the buffer
must be.
@param Stream Open File Handle
-@param Buffer Pointer to buffer to return.
+@param Buffer Pointer to buffer to return.
@param BufferSize Pointer to Size of buffer return..
@@ -1471,10 +1471,10 @@ EfiReadAllocatePool ( /**
-Write data back to the file. For TFTP case you must write the entire file.
+Write data back to the file. For TFTP case you must write the entire file.
@param Stream Open File Handle
-@param Buffer Pointer to buffer to return.
+@param Buffer Pointer to buffer to return.
@param BufferSize Pointer to Size of buffer return..
@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ EfiWrite ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA FileData;
- EFI_DISK_IO_PROTOCOL *DiskIo;
+ EFI_DISK_IO_PROTOCOL *DiskIo;
if (!FileHandleValid (File)) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
@@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ EfiWrite ( /**
-Given Cwd expand Path to remove .. and replace them with real
+Given Cwd expand Path to remove .. and replace them with real
directory names.
@param Cwd Current Working Directory
@@ -1636,9 +1636,9 @@ ExpandPath ( if (Work == NULL) {
// Remaining part of Path contains no more ..
break;
- }
+ }
- // append path prior to ..
+ // append path prior to ..
AsciiStrnCat (NewPath, Start, Work - Start);
StrLen = AsciiStrLen (NewPath);
for (i = StrLen; i >= 0; i--) {
@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ ExpandPath ( }
Start = Work + 3;
- }
+ }
// Handle the path that remains after the ..
AsciiStrnCat (NewPath, Start, End - Start);
@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ the path does not contain a device name, The CWD is prepended to the path. EFI_STATUS
EfiSetCwd (
IN CHAR8 *Cwd
- )
+ )
{
EFI_OPEN_FILE *File;
UINTN Len;
@@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ EfiSetCwd ( Path = Cwd;
if (AsciiStrStr (Cwd, "..") != NULL) {
if (gCwd == NULL) {
- // no parent
+ // no parent
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
@@ -1754,10 +1754,10 @@ EfiSetCwd ( Set the Current Working Directory (CWD). If a call is made to EfiOpen () and
the path does not contain a device name, The CWD is prepended to the path.
The CWD buffer is only valid until a new call is made to EfiSetCwd(). After
-a call to EfiSetCwd() it is not legal to use the pointer returned by
+a call to EfiSetCwd() it is not legal to use the pointer returned by
this function.
-@param Cwd Current Working Directory
+@param Cwd Current Working Directory
@return "" No CWD set
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.inf index a82c264247..74360dc80b 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.inf @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ FILE_GUID = d8c640db-73ba-48f5-a7ed-8e93c6012491
MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = EfiFileLib|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = EfiFileLib|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
#
@@ -44,12 +44,12 @@ DevicePathLib
PrintLib
BaseMemoryLib
- UefiLib
+ UefiLib
UefiBootServicesTableLib
UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
DebugLib
EblNetworkLib
-
+
[Protocols]
gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
gEfiDiskIoProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
-
+
[Guids]
gEfiFileInfoGuid
gEfiFileSystemInfoGuid
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/FdtLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/FdtLib.inf index aee99bd997..51b13f4af7 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/FdtLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/FdtLib.inf @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ #/* @file
# Copyright (c) 2011-2012, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+#
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#
#*/
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.S b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.S index 9c3cc3ce3c..df1543a6d2 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.S +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.S @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# Use ARMv6 instruction to operate on a single stack
#
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ This is the stack constructed by the exception handler (low address to high address)
# R0 - IFAR is EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT for ARM
Reg Offset
- === ======
+ === ======
R0 0x00 # stmfd SP!,{R0-R12}
R1 0x04
R2 0x08
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ This is the stack constructed by the exception handler (low address to high addr DFAR 0x48
IFSR 0x4c
IFAR 0x50
-
+
LR 0x54 # SVC Link register (we need to restore it)
-
- LR 0x58 # pushed by srsfd
- CPSR 0x5c
+
+ LR 0x58 # pushed by srsfd
+ CPSR 0x5c
*/
-
+
GCC_ASM_EXPORT(ExceptionHandlersStart)
GCC_ASM_EXPORT(ExceptionHandlersEnd)
@@ -175,55 +175,55 @@ ASM_PFX(CommonExceptionEntry): ASM_PFX(ExceptionHandlersEnd):
//
-// This code runs from CpuDxe driver loaded address. It is patched into
+// This code runs from CpuDxe driver loaded address. It is patched into
// CommonExceptionEntry.
//
ASM_PFX(AsmCommonExceptionEntry):
mrc p15, 0, R1, c6, c0, 2 @ Read IFAR
- str R1, [SP, #0x50] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.IFAR
-
+ str R1, [SP, #0x50] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.IFAR
+
mrc p15, 0, R1, c5, c0, 1 @ Read IFSR
str R1, [SP, #0x4c] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.IFSR
-
+
mrc p15, 0, R1, c6, c0, 0 @ Read DFAR
str R1, [SP, #0x48] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.DFAR
-
+
mrc p15, 0, R1, c5, c0, 0 @ Read DFSR
str R1, [SP, #0x44] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.DFSR
-
- ldr R1, [SP, #0x5c] @ srsdb saved pre-exception CPSR on the stack
+
+ ldr R1, [SP, #0x5c] @ srsdb saved pre-exception CPSR on the stack
str R1, [SP, #0x40] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.CPSR
add R2, SP, #0x38 @ Make R2 point to EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.LR
and R3, R1, #0x1f @ Check CPSR to see if User or System Mode
cmp R3, #0x1f @ if ((CPSR == 0x10) || (CPSR == 0x1df))
- cmpne R3, #0x10 @
+ cmpne R3, #0x10 @
stmeqed R2, {lr}^ @ save unbanked lr
- @ else
+ @ else
stmneed R2, {lr} @ save SVC lr
- ldr R5, [SP, #0x58] @ PC is the LR pushed by srsfd
+ ldr R5, [SP, #0x58] @ PC is the LR pushed by srsfd
@ Check to see if we have to adjust for Thumb entry
sub r4, r0, #1 @ if (ExceptionType == 1 || ExceptionType ==2)) {
- cmp r4, #1 @ // UND & SVC have differnt LR adjust for Thumb
+ cmp r4, #1 @ // UND & SVC have differnt LR adjust for Thumb
bhi NoAdjustNeeded
-
- tst r1, #0x20 @ if ((CPSR & T)) == T) { // Thumb Mode on entry
+
+ tst r1, #0x20 @ if ((CPSR & T)) == T) { // Thumb Mode on entry
addne R5, R5, #2 @ PC += 2@
- str R5,[SP,#0x58] @ Update LR value pused by srsfd
-
+ str R5,[SP,#0x58] @ Update LR value pused by srsfd
+
NoAdjustNeeded:
str R5, [SP, #0x3c] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.PC
-
- sub R1, SP, #0x60 @ We pused 0x60 bytes on the stack
+
+ sub R1, SP, #0x60 @ We pused 0x60 bytes on the stack
str R1, [SP, #0x34] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.SP
-
- @ R0 is ExceptionType
- mov R1,SP @ R1 is SystemContext
-/*
+ @ R0 is ExceptionType
+ mov R1,SP @ R1 is SystemContext
+
+/*
VOID
EFIAPI
GdbExceptionHandler (
@@ -231,28 +231,28 @@ GdbExceptionHandler ( IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext R1
)
-*/
+*/
blx ASM_PFX(GdbExceptionHandler) @ Call exception handler
-
+
ldr R1,[SP,#0x3c] @ EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.PC
- str R1,[SP,#0x58] @ Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
+ str R1,[SP,#0x58] @ Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
ldr R1,[SP,#0x40] @ EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.CPSR
- str R1,[SP,#0x5c] @ Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
-
+ str R1,[SP,#0x5c] @ Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
+
add R3, SP, #0x54 @ Make R3 point to SVC LR saved on entry
add R2, SP, #0x38 @ Make R2 point to EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.LR
and R1, R1, #0x1f @ Check to see if User or System Mode
cmp R1, #0x1f @ if ((CPSR == 0x10) || (CPSR == 0x1f))
- cmpne R1, #0x10 @
+ cmpne R1, #0x10 @
ldmeqed R2, {lr}^ @ restore unbanked lr
@ else
ldmneed R3, {lr} @ restore SVC lr, via ldmfd SP!, {LR}
-
+
ldmfd SP!,{R0-R12} @ Restore general purpose registers
@ Exception handler can not change SP
-
+
add SP,SP,#0x20 @ Clear out the remaining stack space
ldmfd SP!,{LR} @ restore the link register for this context
rfefd SP! @ return from exception via srsfd stack slot
-
+
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.asm b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.asm index c70fb92482..611e83d7da 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.asm +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.asm @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// Use ARMv6 instruction to operate on a single stack
//
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ This is the stack constructed by the exception handler (low address to high address)
# R0 - IFAR is EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT for ARM
Reg Offset
- === ======
+ === ======
R0 0x00 # stmfd SP!,{R0-R12}
R1 0x04
R2 0x08
@@ -43,15 +43,15 @@ This is the stack constructed by the exception handler (low address to high addr DFAR 0x48
IFSR 0x4c
IFAR 0x50
-
+
LR 0x54 # SVC Link register (we need to restore it)
-
- LR 0x58 # pushed by srsfd
- CPSR 0x5c
+
+ LR 0x58 # pushed by srsfd
+ CPSR 0x5c
*/
-
-
+
+
EXPORT ExceptionHandlersStart
EXPORT ExceptionHandlersEnd
EXPORT CommonExceptionEntry
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ This is the stack constructed by the exception handler (low address to high addr PRESERVE8
AREA DxeExceptionHandlers, CODE, READONLY
-
+
//
// This code gets copied to the ARM vector table
// ExceptionHandlersStart - ExceptionHandlersEnd gets copied
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ UndefinedInstructionEntry stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} ; Store the register state
mov R0,#1 ; ExceptionType
- ldr R1,CommonExceptionEntry;
+ ldr R1,CommonExceptionEntry;
bx R1
SoftwareInterruptEntry
@@ -173,55 +173,55 @@ CommonExceptionEntry ExceptionHandlersEnd
//
-// This code runs from CpuDxe driver loaded address. It is patched into
+// This code runs from CpuDxe driver loaded address. It is patched into
// CommonExceptionEntry.
//
AsmCommonExceptionEntry
mrc p15, 0, R1, c6, c0, 2 ; Read IFAR
- str R1, [SP, #0x50] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.IFAR
-
+ str R1, [SP, #0x50] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.IFAR
+
mrc p15, 0, R1, c5, c0, 1 ; Read IFSR
str R1, [SP, #0x4c] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.IFSR
-
+
mrc p15, 0, R1, c6, c0, 0 ; Read DFAR
str R1, [SP, #0x48] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.DFAR
-
+
mrc p15, 0, R1, c5, c0, 0 ; Read DFSR
str R1, [SP, #0x44] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.DFSR
-
- ldr R1, [SP, #0x5c] ; srsfd saved pre-exception CPSR on the stack
+
+ ldr R1, [SP, #0x5c] ; srsfd saved pre-exception CPSR on the stack
str R1, [SP, #0x40] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.CPSR
add R2, SP, #0x38 ; Make R2 point to EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.LR
and R3, R1, #0x1f ; Check CPSR to see if User or System Mode
cmp R3, #0x1f ; if ((CPSR == 0x10) || (CPSR == 0x1df))
- cmpne R3, #0x10 ;
+ cmpne R3, #0x10 ;
stmeqed R2, {lr}^ ; save unbanked lr
- ; else
+ ; else
stmneed R2, {lr} ; save SVC lr
- ldr R5, [SP, #0x58] ; PC is the LR pushed by srsfd
+ ldr R5, [SP, #0x58] ; PC is the LR pushed by srsfd
; Check to see if we have to adjust for Thumb entry
sub r4, r0, #1 ; if (ExceptionType == 1 || ExceptionType ==2)) {
- cmp r4, #1 ; // UND & SVC have differnt LR adjust for Thumb
+ cmp r4, #1 ; // UND & SVC have differnt LR adjust for Thumb
bhi NoAdjustNeeded
-
- tst r1, #0x20 ; if ((CPSR & T)) == T) { // Thumb Mode on entry
+
+ tst r1, #0x20 ; if ((CPSR & T)) == T) { // Thumb Mode on entry
addne R5, R5, #2 ; PC += 2;
- str R5,[SP,#0x58] ; Update LR value pused by srsfd
-
+ str R5,[SP,#0x58] ; Update LR value pused by srsfd
+
NoAdjustNeeded
str R5, [SP, #0x3c] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.PC
-
- sub R1, SP, #0x60 ; We pused 0x60 bytes on the stack
+
+ sub R1, SP, #0x60 ; We pused 0x60 bytes on the stack
str R1, [SP, #0x34] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.SP
-
- ; R0 is ExceptionType
- mov R1,SP ; R1 is SystemContext
-/*
+ ; R0 is ExceptionType
+ mov R1,SP ; R1 is SystemContext
+
+/*
VOID
EFIAPI
GdbExceptionHandler (
@@ -231,29 +231,29 @@ GdbExceptionHandler ( */
blx GdbExceptionHandler ; Call exception handler
-
+
ldr R1,[SP,#0x3c] ; EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.PC
- str R1,[SP,#0x58] ; Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
+ str R1,[SP,#0x58] ; Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
ldr R1,[SP,#0x40] ; EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.CPSR
- str R1,[SP,#0x5c] ; Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
-
+ str R1,[SP,#0x5c] ; Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
+
add R3, SP, #0x54 ; Make R3 point to SVC LR saved on entry
add R2, SP, #0x38 ; Make R2 point to EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.LR
and R1, R1, #0x1f ; Check to see if User or System Mode
cmp R1, #0x1f ; if ((CPSR == 0x10) || (CPSR == 0x1f))
- cmpne R1, #0x10 ;
+ cmpne R1, #0x10 ;
ldmeqed R2, {lr}^ ; restore unbanked lr
; else
ldmneed R3, {lr} ; restore SVC lr, via ldmfd SP!, {LR}
-
+
ldmfd SP!,{R0-R12} ; Restore general purpose registers
; Exception handler can not change SP
-
+
add SP,SP,#0x20 ; Clear out the remaining stack space
ldmfd SP!,{LR} ; restore the link register for this context
rfefd SP! ; return from exception via srsfd stack slot
-
+
END
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/Processor.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/Processor.c index f22a19dded..61c6184fae 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/Processor.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/Processor.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Processor specific parts of the GDB stub
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ AsmCommonExceptionEntry ( //
EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = {
{ EXCEPT_ARM_SOFTWARE_INTERRUPT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
- { EXCEPT_ARM_UNDEFINED_INSTRUCTION, GDB_SIGTRAP },
- { EXCEPT_ARM_PREFETCH_ABORT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
+ { EXCEPT_ARM_UNDEFINED_INSTRUCTION, GDB_SIGTRAP },
+ { EXCEPT_ARM_PREFETCH_ABORT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
{ EXCEPT_ARM_DATA_ABORT, GDB_SIGTRAP }, // GDB_SIGEMT
{ EXCEPT_ARM_RESERVED, GDB_SIGTRAP }, // GDB_SIGILL
{ EXCEPT_ARM_FIQ, GDB_SIGINT } // Used for ctrl-c
@@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = { /**
Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxEfiException (
@@ -128,10 +128,10 @@ MaxEfiException ( /**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
+ Check to see if the ISA is supported.
ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
- @retval TRUE if Isa is supported
+ @retval TRUE if Isa is supported
**/
BOOLEAN
@@ -150,14 +150,14 @@ CheckIsa ( /**
This takes in the register number and the System Context, and returns a pointer to the RegNumber-th register in gdb ordering
It is, by default, set to find the register pointer of the ARM member
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param RegNumber The register to which we want to find a pointer
@retval the pointer to the RegNumber-th pointer
- **/
+ **/
UINTN *
FindPointerToRegister(
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
+ IN UINTN RegNumber
)
{
UINT8 *TempPtr;
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ BasicReadRegister ( {
UINTN RegSize;
CHAR8 Char;
-
+
if (gRegisterOffsets[RegNumber] > 0xF00) {
AsciiSPrint(OutBufPtr, 9, "00000000");
OutBufPtr += 8;
@@ -197,13 +197,13 @@ BasicReadRegister ( Char = Char - 'A' + 'a';
}
*OutBufPtr++ = Char;
-
+
Char = mHexToStr[(UINT8)((*FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber) >> RegSize) & 0xf)];
if ((Char >= 'A') && (Char <= 'F')) {
Char = Char - 'A' + 'a';
}
*OutBufPtr++ = Char;
-
+
RegSize = RegSize + 8;
}
return OutBufPtr;
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ BasicReadRegister ( /**
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+ Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
**/
@@ -224,29 +224,29 @@ ReadNthRegister ( UINTN RegNumber;
CHAR8 OutBuffer[9]; // 1 reg=8 hex chars, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
+
RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&InBuffer[1]);
-
+
if (RegNumber >= (sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN))) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
+ SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
return;
}
-
+
OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister (SystemContext, RegNumber, OutBufPtr);
-
+
*OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
SendPacket(OutBuffer);
}
/**
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+ Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
+ReadGeneralRegisters (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
@@ -254,13 +254,13 @@ ReadGeneralRegisters ( // a UINT32 takes 8 ascii characters
CHAR8 OutBuffer[(sizeof (gRegisterOffsets) * 2) + 1];
CHAR8 *OutBufPtr;
-
+
// It is not safe to allocate pool here....
OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
for (Index = 0; Index < (sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN)); Index++) {
OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister (SystemContext, Index, OutBufPtr);
}
-
+
*OutBufPtr = '\0';
SendPacket(OutBuffer);
}
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ BasicWriteRegister ( UINTN RegSize;
UINTN TempValue; // the value transferred from a hex char
UINT32 NewValue; // the new value of the RegNumber-th Register
-
+
if (gRegisterOffsets[RegNumber] > 0xF00) {
return InBufPtr + 8;
}
@@ -292,21 +292,21 @@ BasicWriteRegister ( RegSize = 0;
while (RegSize < 32) {
TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if ((INTN)TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
-
+
NewValue += (TempValue << (RegSize+4));
TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if ((INTN)TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
+
+ NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
RegSize = RegSize + 8;
}
*(FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber)) = NewValue;
@@ -329,19 +329,19 @@ WriteNthRegister ( CHAR8 RegNumBuffer[MAX_REG_NUM_BUF_SIZE]; // put the 'n..' part of the message into this array
CHAR8 *RegNumBufPtr;
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; // pointer to the input buffer
-
+
// find the register number to write
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
RegNumBufPtr = RegNumBuffer;
while (*InBufPtr != '=') {
*RegNumBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
+ }
*RegNumBufPtr = '\0';
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
-
+ RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
+
// check if this is a valid Register Number
if (RegNumber >= (sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN))) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
+ SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
return;
}
InBufPtr++; // skips the '=' character
@@ -369,21 +369,21 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( UINTN RegisterCount = (sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN));
MinLength = (RegisterCount * 8) + 1; // 'G' plus the registers in ASCII format
-
+
if (AsciiStrLen(InBuffer) < MinLength) {
- //Bad message. Message is not the right length
- SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
+ //Bad message. Message is not the right length
+ SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
return;
}
-
+
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
-
+
// Read the new values for the registers from the input buffer to an array, NewValueArray.
// The values in the array are in the gdb ordering
for(i = 0; i < RegisterCount; i++) {
InBufPtr = BasicWriteRegister (SystemContext, i, InBufPtr);
}
-
+
SendSuccess ();
}
@@ -391,10 +391,10 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( /**
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
+ Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -405,15 +405,15 @@ ContinueAtAddress ( {
if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
SystemContext.SystemContextArm->PC = AsciiStrHexToUintn(&PacketData[1]);
- }
+ }
}
/** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
+ Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
at same Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -448,9 +448,9 @@ RemoveBreakPoint ( /**
- Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly
+ Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly
with n:r pairs related to the watchpoints
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param GdbExceptionType GDB exception type
**/
@@ -467,13 +467,13 @@ ProcessorSendTSignal ( /**
FIQ state is only changed by FIQ exception. We don't want to take FIQ
- ticks in the GDB stub. The stub disables FIQ on entry, but this is the
+ ticks in the GDB stub. The stub disables FIQ on entry, but this is the
third instruction that executes in the execption handler. Thus we have
a crack we need to test for.
@param PC PC of execption
- @return TRUE We are in the GDB stub exception preamble
+ @return TRUE We are in the GDB stub exception preamble
@return FALSE We are not in GDB stub code
**/
BOOLEAN
@@ -495,21 +495,21 @@ InFiqCrack ( /**
Check to see if this exception is related to ctrl-c handling.
- In this scheme we dedicate FIQ to the ctrl-c handler so it is
- independent of the rest of the system.
-
- SaveAndSetDebugTimerInterrupt () can be used to
+ In this scheme we dedicate FIQ to the ctrl-c handler so it is
+ independent of the rest of the system.
+
+ SaveAndSetDebugTimerInterrupt () can be used to
@param ExceptionType Exception that is being processed
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@return TRUE This was a ctrl-c check that did not find a ctrl-c
@return FALSE This was not a ctrl-c check or some one hit ctrl-c
**/
BOOLEAN
-ProcessorControlC (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+ProcessorControlC (
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
CHAR8 Char;
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ ProcessorControlC ( Return = TRUE;
break;
}
-
+
Char = GdbGetChar ();
if (Char == 0x03) {
//
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ InitializeDebugAgent ( IN VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
IN DEBUG_AGENT_CONTINUE Function OPTIONAL
)
-{
+{
UINTN Offset;
UINTN Length;
BOOLEAN IrqEnabled;
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ InitializeDebugAgent ( VectorBase = (UINT32 *)(UINTN)PcdGet32 (PcdCpuVectorBaseAddress);
- // Copy our assembly code into the page that contains the exception vectors.
+ // Copy our assembly code into the page that contains the exception vectors.
CopyMem ((VOID *)VectorBase, (VOID *)ExceptionHandlersStart, Length);
//
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.c index eb4b66c3ad..c8984291d9 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.c @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ CHAR8 gXferLibraryBuffer[2000]; GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[] = {'0','1','2','3','4','5','6','7','8','9','A','B','C','D','E','F'};
-// add-symbol-file c:/work/edk2/Build/BeagleBoard/DEBUG_ARMGCC/ARM/BeagleBoardPkg/Sec/Sec/DEBUG/BeagleBoardSec.dll 0x80008360
+// add-symbol-file c:/work/edk2/Build/BeagleBoard/DEBUG_ARMGCC/ARM/BeagleBoardPkg/Sec/Sec/DEBUG/BeagleBoardSec.dll 0x80008360
CHAR8 *qXferHack = "<library name=\"c:/work/edk2/Build/BeagleBoard/DEBUG_ARMGCC/ARM/BeagleBoardPkg/Sec/Sec/DEBUG/BeagleBoardSec.dll\"><segment address=\"0x80008360\"/></library>";
UINTN
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ gXferObjectReadResponse ( *OutBufPtr++ = Type;
Count = 1;
- // Binary data encoding
+ // Binary data encoding
OutBufPtr = gOutBuffer;
while (*Str != '\0') {
Char = *Str++;
@@ -68,42 +68,42 @@ gXferObjectReadResponse ( *OutBufPtr = '\0' ; // the end of the buffer
SendPacket (gOutBuffer);
-
+
return Count;
}
-/**
+/**
Process "qXfer:object:read:annex:offset,length" request.
-
- Returns an XML document that contains loaded libraries. In our case it is
+
+ Returns an XML document that contains loaded libraries. In our case it is
infomration in the EFI Debug Inmage Table converted into an XML document.
-
- GDB will call with an arbitrary length (it can't know the real length and
- will reply with chunks of XML that are easy for us to deal with. Gdb will
+
+ GDB will call with an arbitrary length (it can't know the real length and
+ will reply with chunks of XML that are easy for us to deal with. Gdb will
keep calling until we say we are done. XML doc looks like:
-
+
<library-list>
<library name="/a/a/c/d.dSYM"><segment address="0x10000000"/></library>
<library name="/a/m/e/e.pdb"><segment address="0x20000000"/></library>
<library name="/a/l/f/f.dll"><segment address="0x30000000"/></library>
</library-list>
-
- Since we can not allocate memory in interupt context this module has
+
+ Since we can not allocate memory in interupt context this module has
assumptions about how it will get called:
1) Length will generally be max remote packet size (big enough)
2) First Offset of an XML document read needs to be 0
3) This code will return back small chunks of the XML document on every read.
Each subseqent call will ask for the next availble part of the document.
-
+
Note: The only variable size element in the XML is:
- " <library name=\"%s\"><segment address=\"%p\"/></library>\n" and it is
+ " <library name=\"%s\"><segment address=\"%p\"/></library>\n" and it is
based on the file path and name of the symbol file. If the symbol file name
is bigger than the max gdb remote packet size we could update this code
to respond back in chunks.
@param Offset offset into special data area
- @param Length number of bytes to read starting at Offset
-
+ @param Length number of bytes to read starting at Offset
+
**/
VOID
QxferLibrary (
@@ -134,13 +134,13 @@ TransferFromInBufToMem ( {
CHAR8 c1;
CHAR8 c2;
-
+
while (Length-- > 0) {
c1 = (CHAR8)HexCharToInt (*NewData++);
c2 = (CHAR8)HexCharToInt (*NewData++);
if ((c1 < 0) || (c2 < 0)) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return;
}
*Address++ = (UINT8)((c1 << 4) + c2);
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend ( OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
while (Length > 0) {
-
+
Char = mHexToStr[*Address >> 4];
if ((Char >= 'A') && (Char <= 'F')) {
Char = Char - 'A' + 'a';
@@ -196,16 +196,16 @@ TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend ( /**
Send a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
+
+ $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
- If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet, but timeout eventually so we don't end up
+
+ If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet, but timeout eventually so we don't end up
in an infinit loop. This is so if you unplug the debugger code just keeps running
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
+ @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
+
-
@retval Number of bytes of packet data sent.
**/
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ SendPacket ( CHAR8 *Ptr;
CHAR8 TestChar;
UINTN Count;
-
+
Timeout = PcdGet32 (PcdGdbMaxPacketRetryCount);
Count = 0;
@@ -231,38 +231,38 @@ SendPacket ( // Only try a finite number of times so we don't get stuck in the loop
return Count;
}
-
+
// Packet prefix
GdbPutChar ('$');
-
+
for (CheckSum = 0, Count =0 ; *Ptr != '\0'; Ptr++, Count++) {
GdbPutChar (*Ptr);
CheckSum = CheckSum + *Ptr;
}
-
- // Packet terminating character and checksum
+
+ // Packet terminating character and checksum
GdbPutChar ('#');
GdbPutChar (mHexToStr[CheckSum >> 4]);
GdbPutChar (mHexToStr[CheckSum & 0x0F]);
-
+
TestChar = GdbGetChar ();
} while (TestChar != '+');
-
+
return Count;
}
/**
Receive a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
+
+ $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
+
If host re-starts sending a packet without ending the previous packet, only the last valid packet is proccessed.
(In other words, if received packet is '$12345$12345$123456#checksum', only '$123456#checksum' will be processed.)
-
+
If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
+ @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
@retval Number of bytes of packet data received.
@@ -278,16 +278,16 @@ ReceivePacket ( CHAR8 Char;
CHAR8 SumString[3];
CHAR8 TestChar;
-
+
ZeroMem (PacketData, PacketDataSize);
-
+
for (;;) {
// wait for the start of a packet
TestChar = GdbGetChar ();
while (TestChar != '$') {
TestChar = GdbGetChar ();
};
-
+
retry:
for (Index = 0, CheckSum = 0; Index < (PacketDataSize - 1); Index++) {
Char = GdbGetChar ();
@@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ ReceivePacket ( continue;
}
- SumString[0] = GdbGetChar ();
+ SumString[0] = GdbGetChar ();
SumString[1] = GdbGetChar ();
SumString[2] = '\0';
-
+
if (AsciiStrHexToUintn (SumString) == CheckSum) {
// Ack: Success
GdbPutChar ('+');
-
+
// Null terminate the callers string
PacketData[Index] = '\0';
return Index;
@@ -323,27 +323,27 @@ ReceivePacket ( GdbPutChar ('-');
}
}
-
+
//return 0;
}
/**
- Empties the given buffer
+ Empties the given buffer
@param Buf pointer to the first element in buffer to be emptied
**/
VOID
-EmptyBuffer (
+EmptyBuffer (
IN CHAR8 *Buf
)
-{
+{
*Buf = '\0';
}
/**
Converts an 8-bit Hex Char into a INTN.
-
+
@param Char the hex character to be converted into UINTN
@retval a INTN, from 0 to 15, that corressponds to Char
-1 if Char is not a hex character
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ HexCharToInt ( } else if ((Char >= '0') && (Char <= '9')) {
return Char - '0';
} else { // if not a hex value, return a negative value
- return -1;
+ return -1;
}
}
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ CHAR8 *gError = "E__"; Send an error with the given error number after converting to hex.
The error number is put into the buffer in hex. '255' is the biggest errno we can send.
ex: 162 will be sent as A2.
-
+
@param errno the error number that will be sent
**/
VOID
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ SendError ( //
gError[1] = mHexToStr [ErrorNum >> 4];
gError[2] = mHexToStr [ErrorNum & 0x0f];
-
+
SendPacket (gError); // send buffer
}
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ VOID EFIAPI
SendSuccess (
VOID
- )
+ )
{
SendPacket ("OK"); // send buffer
}
@@ -407,12 +407,12 @@ SendSuccess ( /**
Send empty packet to specify that particular command/functionality is not supported.
**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
+VOID
+EFIAPI
SendNotSupported (
- VOID
- )
-{
+ VOID
+ )
+{
SendPacket ("");
}
@@ -422,17 +422,17 @@ SendNotSupported ( /**
Translates the EFI mapping to GDB mapping
-
+
@param EFIExceptionType EFI Exception that is being processed
@retval UINTN that corresponds to EFIExceptionType's GDB exception type number
**/
UINT8
-ConvertEFItoGDBtype (
+ConvertEFItoGDBtype (
IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE EFIExceptionType
)
-{
+{
UINTN i;
-
+
for (i=0; i < MaxEfiException() ; i++) {
if (gExceptionType[i].Exception == EFIExceptionType) {
return gExceptionType[i].SignalNo;
@@ -443,8 +443,8 @@ ConvertEFItoGDBtype ( /** "m addr,length"
- Find the Length of the area to read and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
- another function, TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend, that will read from that memory space and
+ Find the Length of the area to read and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
+ another function, TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend, that will read from that memory space and
send it as a packet.
**/
@@ -459,37 +459,37 @@ ReadFromMemory ( CHAR8 AddressBuffer[MAX_ADDR_SIZE]; // the buffer that will hold the address in hex chars
CHAR8 *AddrBufPtr; // pointer to the address buffer
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
-
+
AddrBufPtr = AddressBuffer;
InBufPtr = &PacketData[1];
while (*InBufPtr != ',') {
*AddrBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
}
*AddrBufPtr = '\0';
-
+
InBufPtr++; // this skips ',' in the buffer
-
+
/* Error checking */
if (AsciiStrLen(AddressBuffer) >= MAX_ADDR_SIZE) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE);
return;
}
-
+
// 2 = 'm' + ','
if (AsciiStrLen(PacketData) - AsciiStrLen(AddressBuffer) - 2 >= MAX_LENGTH_SIZE) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMLENGTH);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMLENGTH);
return;
}
-
+
Address = AsciiStrHexToUintn (AddressBuffer);
Length = AsciiStrHexToUintn (InBufPtr);
-
+
TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend (Length, (unsigned char *)Address);
}
/** "M addr,length :XX..."
- Find the Length of the area in bytes to write and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
+ Find the Length of the area in bytes to write and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
another function, TransferFromInBufToMem, that will write to that memory space the info in
the input buffer.
**/
@@ -507,48 +507,48 @@ WriteToMemory ( CHAR8 *AddrBufPtr; // pointer to the Address buffer
CHAR8 *LengthBufPtr; // pointer to the Length buffer
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
-
+
AddrBufPtr = AddressBuffer;
LengthBufPtr = LengthBuffer;
InBufPtr = &PacketData[1];
-
+
while (*InBufPtr != ',') {
*AddrBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
}
*AddrBufPtr = '\0';
-
+
InBufPtr++; // this skips ',' in the buffer
-
+
while (*InBufPtr != ':') {
*LengthBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
}
*LengthBufPtr = '\0';
-
+
InBufPtr++; // this skips ':' in the buffer
-
+
Address = AsciiStrHexToUintn (AddressBuffer);
Length = AsciiStrHexToUintn (LengthBuffer);
-
+
/* Error checking */
-
+
//Check if Address is not too long.
if (AsciiStrLen(AddressBuffer) >= MAX_ADDR_SIZE) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE);
return;
}
-
+
//Check if message length is not too long
if (AsciiStrLen(LengthBuffer) >= MAX_LENGTH_SIZE) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMLENGBUFSIZE);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMLENGBUFSIZE);
return;
}
-
+
// Check if Message is not too long/short.
// 3 = 'M' + ',' + ':'
MessageLength = (AsciiStrLen(PacketData) - AsciiStrLen(AddressBuffer) - AsciiStrLen(LengthBuffer) - 3);
if (MessageLength != (2*Length)) {
//Message too long/short. New data is not the right size.
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATASIZE);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATASIZE);
return;
}
TransferFromInBufToMem (Length, (unsigned char *)Address, InBufPtr);
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ ParseBreakpointPacket ( /**
Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly with n:r pairs related to the watchpoints
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param GdbExceptionType GDB exception type
**/
@@ -644,12 +644,12 @@ GdbSendTSignal ( //
// replace _, or previous value, with Exception type
//
- *TSignalPtr++ = mHexToStr [GdbExceptionType >> 4];
+ *TSignalPtr++ = mHexToStr [GdbExceptionType >> 4];
*TSignalPtr++ = mHexToStr [GdbExceptionType & 0x0f];
-
+
ProcessorSendTSignal (SystemContext, GdbExceptionType, TSignalPtr, sizeof (TSignalBuffer) - 2);
- SendPacket (TSignalBuffer);
+ SendPacket (TSignalBuffer);
}
VOID
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ GdbFWrite ( for( ; ; ) {
ReceivePacket (gInBuffer, MAX_BUF_SIZE);
-
+
switch (gInBuffer[0]) {
case 'm':
ReadFromMemory (gInBuffer);
@@ -697,20 +697,20 @@ GdbFPutString ( /**
Exception Hanldler for GDB. It will be called for all exceptions
registered via the gExceptionType[] array.
-
+
@param ExceptionType Exception that is being processed
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-GdbExceptionHandler (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+GdbExceptionHandler (
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
UINT8 GdbExceptionType;
CHAR8 *Ptr;
-
+
if (ProcessorControlC (ExceptionType, SystemContext)) {
// We tried to process a control C handler and there is nothing to do
return;
@@ -718,37 +718,37 @@ GdbExceptionHandler ( GdbExceptionType = ConvertEFItoGDBtype (ExceptionType);
GdbSendTSignal (SystemContext, GdbExceptionType);
-
+
for( ; ; ) {
ReceivePacket (gInBuffer, MAX_BUF_SIZE);
-
+
switch (gInBuffer[0]) {
case '?':
GdbSendTSignal (SystemContext, GdbExceptionType);
break;
-
+
case 'c':
- ContinueAtAddress (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
+ ContinueAtAddress (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
return;
case 'D':
- // gdb wants to disconnect so return "OK" packet since.
+ // gdb wants to disconnect so return "OK" packet since.
SendSuccess ();
return;
case 'g':
ReadGeneralRegisters (SystemContext);
break;
-
+
case 'G':
WriteGeneralRegisters (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
break;
-
+
case 'H':
- //Return "OK" packet since we don't have more than one thread.
+ //Return "OK" packet since we don't have more than one thread.
SendSuccess ();
break;
-
+
case 'm':
ReadFromMemory (gInBuffer);
break;
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ GdbExceptionHandler ( //
// Still debugging this code. Not used in Darwin
//
- case 'q':
+ case 'q':
// General Query Packets
if (AsciiStrnCmp (gInBuffer, "qSupported", 10) == 0) {
// return what we currently support, we don't parse what gdb suports
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ GdbExceptionHandler ( // ‘qXfer:libraries:read::offset,length
// gInBuffer[22] is offset string, ++Ptr is length string’
for (Ptr = &gInBuffer[22]; *Ptr != ','; Ptr++);
-
+
// Not sure if multi-radix support is required. Currently only support decimal
QxferLibrary (AsciiStrHexToUintn (&gInBuffer[22]), AsciiStrHexToUintn (++Ptr));
} else if (AsciiStrnCmp (gInBuffer, "qOffsets", 8) == 0) {
@@ -790,18 +790,18 @@ GdbExceptionHandler ( break;
case 's':
- SingleStep (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
+ SingleStep (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
return;
-
+
case 'z':
RemoveBreakPoint (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
break;
-
+
case 'Z':
InsertBreakPoint (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
break;
-
- default:
+
+ default:
//Send empty packet
SendNotSupported ();
break;
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.h index 44c82f3472..85328486d3 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ extern CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[];
// maximum size of input and output buffers
-// This value came from the show remote command of the gdb we tested against
+// This value came from the show remote command of the gdb we tested against
#define MAX_BUF_SIZE 2000
// maximum size of address buffer
@@ -57,11 +57,11 @@ extern CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[]; // GDB Signal definitions - generic names for interrupts
//
#define GDB_SIGINT 2 // Interrupt process via ctrl-c
-#define GDB_SIGILL 4 // Illegal instruction
+#define GDB_SIGILL 4 // Illegal instruction
#define GDB_SIGTRAP 5 // Trace Trap (Breakpoint and SingleStep)
#define GDB_SIGEMT 7 // Emulator Trap
#define GDB_SIGFPE 8 // Floating point exception
-#define GDB_SIGSEGV 11 // Setgment violation, page fault
+#define GDB_SIGSEGV 11 // Setgment violation, page fault
//
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ extern CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[]; // Includes all general GDB Unix like error values
//
#define GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE 11 // the buffer that stores memory Address to be read from/written to is not the right size
-#define GDB_EBADMEMLENGBUFSIZE 12 // the buffer that stores Length is not the right size
+#define GDB_EBADMEMLENGBUFSIZE 12 // the buffer that stores Length is not the right size
#define GDB_EBADMEMLENGTH 13 // Length, the given number of bytes to read or write, is not the right size
-#define GDB_EBADMEMDATA 14 // one of the bytes or nibbles of the memory is leess than 0
+#define GDB_EBADMEMDATA 14 // one of the bytes or nibbles of the memory is leess than 0
#define GDB_EBADMEMDATASIZE 15 // the memory data, 'XX..', is too short or too long
#define GDB_EBADBUFSIZE 21 // the buffer created is not the correct size
#define GDB_EINVALIDARG 31 // argument is invalid
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ extern CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[]; //
//Define Register size for different architectures
//
-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IA32)
+#if defined (MDE_CPU_IA32)
#define REG_SIZE 32
#elif defined (MDE_CPU_X64)
#define REG_SIZE 64
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ typedef union { UINT32 B1:1; // Breakpoint condition detected
UINT32 B2:1; // Breakpoint condition detected
UINT32 B3:1; // Breakpoint condition detected
- UINT32 Reserved_1:9; // Reserved
+ UINT32 Reserved_1:9; // Reserved
UINT32 BD:1; // Debug register access detected
UINT32 BS:1; // Single step
UINT32 BT:1; // Task switch
@@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ extern BOOLEAN gProcessingFPacket; /**
Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxEfiException (
@@ -196,9 +196,9 @@ MaxEfiException ( /**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
+ Check to see if the ISA is supported.
ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
-
+
@retval TRUE if Isa is supported,
FALSE otherwise.
**/
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ CheckIsa ( /**
Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly with n:r pairs related to the watchpoints
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param GdbExceptionType GDB exception type
**/
@@ -224,29 +224,29 @@ GdbSendTSignal ( /**
Translates the EFI mapping to GDB mapping
-
+
@param EFIExceptionType EFI Exception that is being processed
@retval UINTN that corresponds to EFIExceptionType's GDB exception type number
**/
UINT8
-ConvertEFItoGDBtype (
+ConvertEFItoGDBtype (
IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE EFIExceptionType
);
/**
- Empties the given buffer
+ Empties the given buffer
@param *Buf pointer to the first element in buffer to be emptied
**/
VOID
-EmptyBuffer (
+EmptyBuffer (
IN CHAR8 *Buf
);
/**
Converts an 8-bit Hex Char into a INTN.
-
+
@param Char - the hex character to be converted into UINTN
@retval a INTN, from 0 to 15, that corressponds to Char
-1 if Char is not a hex character
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ HexCharToInt ( Send an error with the given error number after converting to hex.
The error number is put into the buffer in hex. '255' is the biggest errno we can send.
ex: 162 will be sent as A2.
-
+
@param errno the error number that will be sent
**/
VOID
@@ -288,8 +288,8 @@ SendNotSupported ( VOID
);
-/** ‘p n’
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘p n’
+ Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param InBuffer This is the input buffer received from gdb server
**/
@@ -300,12 +300,12 @@ ReadNthRegister ( );
-/** ‘g’
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘g’
+ Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
+ReadGeneralRegisters (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
@@ -336,10 +336,10 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( /** ‘m addr,length ’
- Find the Length of the area to read and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
- another function, TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend, that will read from that memory space and
+ Find the Length of the area to read and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
+ another function, TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend, that will read from that memory space and
send it as a packet.
-
+
@param *PacketData Pointer to Payload data for the packet
**/
VOID
@@ -349,10 +349,10 @@ ReadFromMemory ( /** ‘M addr,length :XX...’
- Find the Length of the area in bytes to write and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
+ Find the Length of the area in bytes to write and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
another function, TransferFromInBufToMem, that will write to that memory space the info in
the input buffer.
-
+
@param PacketData Pointer to Payload data for the packet
**/
VOID
@@ -361,11 +361,11 @@ WriteToMemory ( );
-/** ‘c [addr ]’
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
+/** ‘c [addr ]’
+ Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param *PacketData Pointer to PacketData
**/
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ ContinueAtAddress ( /** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
+ Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
at same Address.
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param PacketData Pointer to Payload data for the packet
**/
@@ -389,27 +389,27 @@ SingleStep ( IN CHAR8 *PacketData
);
-/**
+/**
Insert Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
AddSingleStep (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
-
-/**
+
+/**
Remove Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
RemoveSingleStep (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
-
-
+
+
/**
‘Z1, [addr], [length]’
‘Z2, [addr], [length]’
@@ -453,36 +453,36 @@ RemoveBreakPoint( /**
Exception Hanldler for GDB. It will be called for all exceptions
registered via the gExceptionType[] array.
-
+
@param ExceptionType Exception that is being processed
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
-
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-GdbExceptionHandler (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+GdbExceptionHandler (
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
/**
- Periodic callback for GDB. This function is used to catch a ctrl-c or other
+ Periodic callback for GDB. This function is used to catch a ctrl-c or other
break in type command from GDB.
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the call
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-GdbPeriodicCallBack (
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+GdbPeriodicCallBack (
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
/**
Make two serail consoles: 1) StdIn and StdOut via GDB. 2) StdErr via GDB.
-
+
These console show up on the remote system running GDB
**/
@@ -495,15 +495,15 @@ GdbInitializeSerialConsole ( /**
Send a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
+
+ $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
- If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet, but timeout eventually so we don't end up
+
+ If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet, but timeout eventually so we don't end up
in an infinit loop. This is so if you unplug the debugger code just keeps running
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
-
+ @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
+
@retval Number of bytes of packet data sent.
**/
@@ -511,21 +511,21 @@ UINTN SendPacket (
IN CHAR8 *PacketData
);
-
+
/**
Receive a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
+
+ $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
+
If host re-starts sending a packet without ending the previous packet, only the last valid packet is proccessed.
(In other words, if received packet is '$12345$12345$123456#checksum', only '$123456#checksum' will be processed.)
-
+
If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet
-
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
-
+
+ @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
+
@retval Number of bytes of packet data received.
**/
@@ -534,15 +534,15 @@ ReceivePacket ( OUT CHAR8 *PacketData,
IN UINTN PacketDataSize
);
-
+
/**
- Read data from a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes read is returned. Zero indicates
+ Read data from a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes read is returned. Zero indicates
the end of a file. On error -1 is returned. If count is zero, GdbRead returns zero.
@param FileDescriptor Device to talk to.
@param Buffer Buffer to hold Count bytes that were read
- @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
+ @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
@retval -1 Error
@retval {other} Number of bytes read.
@@ -554,15 +554,15 @@ GdbRead ( OUT VOID *Buffer,
IN UINTN Count
);
-
+
/**
- Write data to a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes written is returned. Zero indicates
- nothing was written. On error -1 is returned.
+ Write data to a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes written is returned. Zero indicates
+ nothing was written. On error -1 is returned.
@param FileDescriptor Device to talk to.
@param Buffer Buffer to hold Count bytes that are to be written
- @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
+ @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
@retval -1 Error
@retval {other} Number of bytes written.
@@ -575,13 +575,13 @@ GdbWrite ( IN UINTN Count
);
-UINTN *
+UINTN *
FindPointerToRegister (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
+ IN UINTN RegNumber
);
-CHAR8 *
+CHAR8 *
BasicReadRegister (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
IN UINTN RegNumber,
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ BasicWriteRegister ( IN CHAR8 *InBufPtr
);
-VOID
+VOID
PrintReg (
EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ ParseBreakpointPacket ( UINTN
GetBreakpointDataAddress (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
+ IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
);
UINTN
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ GetBreakpointDetected ( BREAK_TYPE
GetBreakpointType (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
+ IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
);
UINTN
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ InitializeProcessor ( /**
Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly with n:r pairs related to the watchpoints
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param GdbExceptionType GDB exception type
**/
@@ -694,17 +694,17 @@ ProcessorSendTSignal ( /**
Check to see if this exception is related to ctrl-c handling.
-
+
@param ExceptionType Exception that is being processed
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@return TRUE This was a ctrl-c check that did not find a ctrl-c
@return FALSE This was not a ctrl-c check or some one hit ctrl-c
**/
BOOLEAN
-ProcessorControlC (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+ProcessorControlC (
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
);
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.inf index 1111ba35c0..02f80579b1 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.inf @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ ArmPkg/ArmPkg.dec
[LibraryClasses]
- BaseLib
- DebugLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- PcdLib
+ BaseLib
+ DebugLib
+ BaseMemoryLib
+ PcdLib
GdbSerialLib
CacheMaintenanceLib
DebugAgentTimerLib
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Ia32/Processor.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Ia32/Processor.c index 4e4350a0f2..c5a421c69e 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Ia32/Processor.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Ia32/Processor.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Processor specific parts of the GDB stub
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ // {EFI mapping, GDB mapping}
//
EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = {
- { EXCEPT_IA32_DIVIDE_ERROR, GDB_SIGFPE },
+ { EXCEPT_IA32_DIVIDE_ERROR, GDB_SIGFPE },
{ EXCEPT_IA32_DEBUG, GDB_SIGTRAP },
{ EXCEPT_IA32_NMI, GDB_SIGEMT },
{ EXCEPT_IA32_BREAKPOINT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = { //Debug only..
-VOID
+VOID
PrintReg (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ PrintReg ( }
//Debug only..
-VOID
+VOID
PrintDRreg (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ PrintDRreg ( /**
Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxEfiException (
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ MaxEfiException ( /**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
+ Check to see if the ISA is supported.
ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
-
+
@retval TRUE if Isa is supported,
FALSE otherwise.
**/
@@ -128,14 +128,14 @@ CheckIsa ( This takes in the register number and the System Context, and returns a pointer to the RegNumber-th register in gdb ordering
It is, by default, set to find the register pointer of the IA32 member
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param RegNumber The register to which we want to find a pointer
@retval the pointer to the RegNumber-th pointer
**/
UINTN *
FindPointerToRegister(
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
+ IN UINTN RegNumber
)
{
UINT8 *TempPtr;
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ BasicReadRegister ( )
{
UINTN RegSize;
-
+
RegSize = 0;
while (RegSize < REG_SIZE) {
*OutBufPtr++ = mHexToStr[((*FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber) >> (RegSize+4)) & 0xf)];
@@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ BasicReadRegister ( }
-/** ‘p n’
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘p n’
+ Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ ReadNthRegister ( UINTN RegNumber;
CHAR8 OutBuffer[9]; // 1 reg=8 hex chars, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
+
RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&InBuffer[1]);
if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN))) {
@@ -203,14 +203,14 @@ ReadNthRegister ( }
-/** ‘g’
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘g’
+ Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
+ReadGeneralRegisters (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ ReadGeneralRegisters ( CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- for(i = 0 ; i < sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN) ; i++) { // there are only 16 registers to read
+ for(i = 0 ; i < sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN) ; i++) { // there are only 16 registers to read
OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister(SystemContext, i, OutBufPtr);
}
@@ -246,26 +246,26 @@ BasicWriteRegister ( UINTN RegSize;
UINTN TempValue; // the value transferred from a hex char
UINT32 NewValue; // the new value of the RegNumber-th Register
-
+
NewValue = 0;
RegSize = 0;
while (RegSize < REG_SIZE) {
TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
NewValue += (TempValue << (RegSize+4));
TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
+
+ NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
RegSize = RegSize + 8;
}
*(FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber)) = NewValue;
@@ -290,19 +290,19 @@ WriteNthRegister ( CHAR8 RegNumBuffer[MAX_REG_NUM_BUF_SIZE]; // put the 'n..' part of the message into this array
CHAR8 *RegNumBufPtr;
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; // pointer to the input buffer
-
+
// find the register number to write
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
RegNumBufPtr = RegNumBuffer;
while (*InBufPtr != '=') {
*RegNumBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
+ }
*RegNumBufPtr = '\0';
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
+ RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
// check if this is a valid Register Number
if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN))) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
+ SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
return;
}
InBufPtr++; // skips the '=' character
@@ -327,16 +327,16 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( UINTN i;
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
- // check to see if the buffer is the right size which is
- // 1 (for 'G') + 16 (for 16 registers) * 8 ( for 8 hex chars each) = 129
+ // check to see if the buffer is the right size which is
+ // 1 (for 'G') + 16 (for 16 registers) * 8 ( for 8 hex chars each) = 129
if (AsciiStrLen(InBuffer) != 129) { // 16 regs, 8 hex chars each, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- //Bad message. Message is not the right length
- SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
+ //Bad message. Message is not the right length
+ SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
return;
}
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
-
+
// Read the new values for the registers from the input buffer to an array, NewValueArray.
// The values in the array are in the gdb ordering
for(i=0; i < sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN); i++) { // there are only 16 registers to write
@@ -346,11 +346,11 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( SendSuccess();
}
-/** ‘c [addr ]’
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
+/** ‘c [addr ]’
+ Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -361,15 +361,15 @@ ContinueAtAddress ( {
if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Eip = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PacketData[1]);
- }
+ }
}
/** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
+ Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
at same Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -421,9 +421,9 @@ GetBreakpointDataAddress ( @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @retval {1-4} Currently detected breakpoint value
+ @retval {1-4} Currently detected breakpoint value
@retval 0 No breakpoint detected.
-
+
**/
UINTN
GetBreakpointDetected (
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ GetBreakpointDetected ( } else if (Dr6.Bits.B3 == 1) {
BreakpointNumber = 4;
} else {
- BreakpointNumber = 0; //No breakpoint detected
+ BreakpointNumber = 0; //No breakpoint detected
}
return BreakpointNumber;
@@ -454,13 +454,13 @@ GetBreakpointDetected ( /**
Returns Breakpoint type (InstructionExecution, DataWrite, DataRead or DataReadWrite)
based on the Breakpoint number
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param BreakpointNumber Breakpoint number
-
+
@retval BREAK_TYPE Breakpoint type value read from register DR7 RWn field
For unknown value, it returns NotSupported.
-
+
**/
BREAK_TYPE
GetBreakpointType (
@@ -474,22 +474,22 @@ GetBreakpointType ( Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
if (BreakpointNumber == 1) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW0;
+ Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW0;
} else if (BreakpointNumber == 2) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW1;
+ Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW1;
} else if (BreakpointNumber == 3) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW2;
+ Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW2;
} else if (BreakpointNumber == 4) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW3;
+ Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW3;
}
return Type;
}
-/**
+/**
Parses Length and returns the length which DR7 LENn field accepts.
- For example: If we receive 1-Byte length then we should return 0.
+ For example: If we receive 1-Byte length then we should return 0.
Zero gets written to DR7 LENn field.
@param Length Breakpoint length in Bytes (1 byte, 2 byte, 4 byte)
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ ConvertLengthData ( IN UINTN Length
)
{
- if (Length == 1) { //1-Byte length
+ if (Length == 1) { //1-Byte length
return 0;
} else if (Length == 2) { //2-Byte length
return 1;
@@ -515,8 +515,8 @@ ConvertLengthData ( /**
- Finds the next free debug register. If all the registers are occupied then
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES is returned.
+ Finds the next free debug register. If all the registers are occupied then
+ EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES is returned.
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param Register Register value (0 - 3 for the first free debug register)
@@ -553,11 +553,11 @@ FindNextFreeDebugRegister ( /**
Enables the debug register. Writes Address value to appropriate DR0-3 register.
Sets LENn, Gn, RWn bits in DR7 register.
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Register Register value (0 - 3)
+ @param Register Register value (0 - 3)
@param Address Breakpoint address value
- @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write, Data read
+ @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write, Data read
or write etc.)
@retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
@@ -577,15 +577,15 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( //Convert length data
Length = ConvertLengthData (Length);
- //For Instruction execution, length should be 0
+ //For Instruction execution, length should be 0
//(Ref. Intel reference manual 18.2.4)
if ((Type == 0) && (Length != 0)) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
//Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
//software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
+ if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
(Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
- //Update Dr7 with appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits
+ //Update Dr7 with appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits
SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7 = Dr7.UintN;
return EFI_SUCCESS;
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param Address Breakpoint address value
@param Length Breakpoint length value
- @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write,
+ @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write,
Data read or write etc.)
@param Register Register value to be returned
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ FindMatchingDebugRegister ( //Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
//software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
+ if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
(Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -663,24 +663,24 @@ FindMatchingDebugRegister ( Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
- if ((Dr7.Bits.G0 == 1) &&
+ if ((Dr7.Bits.G0 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN0 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW0 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW0 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0)) {
*Register = 0;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G1 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G1 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN1 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW1 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW1 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1)) {
*Register = 1;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G2 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G2 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN2 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW2 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW2 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2)) {
*Register = 2;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G3 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G3 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN3 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW3 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW3 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3)) {
*Register = 3;
} else {
@@ -704,12 +704,12 @@ FindMatchingDebugRegister ( EFI_STATUS
DisableDebugRegister (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Register
+ IN UINTN Register
)
{
IA32_DR7 Dr7;
UINTN Address = 0;
-
+
//Read DR7 register so appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits can be turned off.
Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
@@ -863,15 +863,15 @@ RemoveBreakPoint ( }
switch (Type) {
-
+
case 0: //Software breakpoint
BreakType = SoftwareBreakpoint;
break;
-
+
case 1: //Hardware breakpoint
BreakType = InstructionExecution;
break;
-
+
case 2: //Write watchpoint
BreakType = DataWrite;
break;
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/X64/Processor.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/X64/Processor.c index 5d13c937ee..8a39c4828f 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/X64/Processor.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/X64/Processor.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Processor specific parts of the GDB stub
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ // Array of exception types that need to be hooked by the debugger
//
EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = {
- { EXCEPT_X64_DIVIDE_ERROR, GDB_SIGFPE },
+ { EXCEPT_X64_DIVIDE_ERROR, GDB_SIGFPE },
{ EXCEPT_X64_DEBUG, GDB_SIGTRAP },
{ EXCEPT_X64_NMI, GDB_SIGEMT },
{ EXCEPT_X64_BREAKPOINT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = { // The offsets of registers SystemContextX64.
-// The fields in the array are in the gdb ordering.
+// The fields in the array are in the gdb ordering.
// HAVE TO DOUBLE-CHECK THE ORDER of the 24 regs
//
UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = {
@@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = { /**
Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxEfiException (
@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ MaxEfiException ( /**
Return the number of entries in the gRegisters[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
+
+ @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
**/
UINTN
MaxRegisterCount (
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ MaxRegisterCount ( return sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN);
}
-
+
/**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
+ Check to see if the ISA is supported.
ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
@retval TRUE if Isa is supported
@@ -114,14 +114,14 @@ CheckIsa ( /**
This takes in the register number and the System Context, and returns a pointer to the RegNumber-th register in gdb ordering
It is, by default, set to find the register pointer of the X64 member
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param RegNumber The register to which we want to find a pointer
@retval the pointer to the RegNumber-th pointer
**/
UINTN *
FindPointerToRegister(
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
+ IN UINTN RegNumber
)
{
UINT8 *TempPtr;
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ BasicReadRegister ( )
{
UINTN RegSize;
-
+
RegSize = 0;
while (RegSize < 64) {
*OutBufPtr++ = mHexToStr[((*FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber) >> (RegSize+4)) & 0xf)];
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ BasicReadRegister ( }
-/** ‘p n’
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘p n’
+ Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
**/
@@ -170,42 +170,42 @@ ReadNthRegister ( UINTN RegNumber;
CHAR8 OutBuffer[17]; // 1 reg=16 hex chars, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
+
RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&InBuffer[1]);
-
+
if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= MaxRegisterCount())) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
+ SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
return;
}
-
+
OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber, OutBufPtr);
-
+
*OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
SendPacket (OutBuffer);
}
-/** ‘g’
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
+/** ‘g’
+ Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
+ReadGeneralRegisters (
IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
UINTN i;
CHAR8 OutBuffer[385]; // 24 regs, 16 hex chars each, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
+
OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- for(i = 0 ; i < MaxRegisterCount() ; i++) { // there are only 24 registers to read
+ for(i = 0 ; i < MaxRegisterCount() ; i++) { // there are only 24 registers to read
OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister(SystemContext, i, OutBufPtr);
}
-
+
*OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
SendPacket (OutBuffer);
}
@@ -229,26 +229,26 @@ BasicWriteRegister ( UINTN RegSize;
UINTN TempValue; // the value transferred from a hex char
UINT64 NewValue; // the new value of the RegNumber-th Register
-
+
NewValue = 0;
RegSize = 0;
while (RegSize < 64) {
TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
-
+
NewValue += (TempValue << (RegSize+4));
TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
+
if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
+ SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
return NULL;
}
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
+
+ NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
RegSize = RegSize + 8;
}
*(FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber)) = NewValue;
@@ -273,19 +273,19 @@ WriteNthRegister ( CHAR8 RegNumBuffer[MAX_REG_NUM_BUF_SIZE]; // put the 'n..' part of the message into this array
CHAR8 *RegNumBufPtr;
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; // pointer to the input buffer
-
+
// find the register number to write
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
RegNumBufPtr = RegNumBuffer;
while (*InBufPtr != '=') {
*RegNumBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
+ }
*RegNumBufPtr = '\0';
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
+ RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
// check if this is a valid Register Number
if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= MaxRegisterCount())) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
+ SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
return;
}
InBufPtr++; // skips the '=' character
@@ -309,30 +309,30 @@ WriteGeneralRegisters ( {
UINTN i;
CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
-
- // check to see if the buffer is the right size which is
- // 1 (for 'G') + 16 (for 16 registers) * 8 ( for 8 hex chars each) = 385
+
+ // check to see if the buffer is the right size which is
+ // 1 (for 'G') + 16 (for 16 registers) * 8 ( for 8 hex chars each) = 385
if (AsciiStrLen(InBuffer) != 385) { // 24 regs, 16 hex chars each, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- //Bad message. Message is not the right length
- SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
+ //Bad message. Message is not the right length
+ SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
return;
}
-
+
InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
-
+
// Read the new values for the registers from the input buffer to an array, NewValueArray.
// The values in the array are in the gdb ordering
for(i=0; i < MaxRegisterCount(); i++) { // there are only 16 registers to write
InBufPtr = BasicWriteRegister(SystemContext, i, InBufPtr);
}
-
+
SendSuccess();
}
- /**
+ /**
Insert Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
@@ -343,11 +343,11 @@ AddSingleStep ( SystemContext.SystemContextX64->Rflags |= TF_BIT; //Setting the TF bit.
}
-
-
-/**
+
+
+/**
Remove Single Step in the SystemContext
-
+
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
@@ -360,11 +360,11 @@ RemoveSingleStep ( -/** ‘c [addr ]’
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
+/** ‘c [addr ]’
+ Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -375,15 +375,15 @@ ContinueAtAddress ( {
if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
SystemContext.SystemContextX64->Rip = AsciiStrHexToUintn(&PacketData[1]);
- }
+ }
}
/** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
+ Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
at same Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
+
+ @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -395,19 +395,19 @@ SingleStep ( if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
SystemContext.SystemContextX64->Rip = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PacketData[1]);
}
-
+
AddSingleStep (SystemContext);
}
/**
- Returns breakpoint data address from DR0-DR3 based on the input breakpoint
+ Returns breakpoint data address from DR0-DR3 based on the input breakpoint
number
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param BreakpointNumber Breakpoint number
- @retval Address Data address from DR0-DR3 based on the
+ @retval Address Data address from DR0-DR3 based on the
breakpoint number.
**/
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ GetBreakpointDataAddress ( }
/**
- Returns currently detected breakpoint value based on the register
+ Returns currently detected breakpoint value based on the register
DR6 B0-B3 field.
If no breakpoint is detected then it returns 0.
@@ -471,13 +471,13 @@ GetBreakpointDetected ( }
/**
- Returns Breakpoint type (InstructionExecution, DataWrite, DataRead
+ Returns Breakpoint type (InstructionExecution, DataWrite, DataRead
or DataReadWrite) based on the Breakpoint number
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param BreakpointNumber Breakpoint number
- @retval BREAK_TYPE Breakpoint type value read from register DR7 RWn
+ @retval BREAK_TYPE Breakpoint type value read from register DR7 RWn
field. For unknown value, it returns NotSupported.
**/
@@ -506,9 +506,9 @@ GetBreakpointType ( }
-/**
+/**
Parses Length and returns the length which DR7 LENn field accepts.
- For example: If we receive 1-Byte length then we should return 0.
+ For example: If we receive 1-Byte length then we should return 0.
Zero gets written to DR7 LENn field.
@param Length Breakpoint length in Bytes (1 byte, 2 byte, 4 byte)
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ ConvertLengthData ( IN UINTN Length
)
{
- if (Length == 1) { //1-Byte length
+ if (Length == 1) { //1-Byte length
return 0;
} else if (Length == 2) { //2-Byte length
return 1;
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ FindNextFreeDebugRegister ( @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
@param Register Register value (0 - 3)
@param Address Breakpoint address value
- @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write,
+ @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write,
Data read or write etc.)
@retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( //Convert length data
Length = ConvertLengthData (Length);
- //For Instruction execution, length should be 0
+ //For Instruction execution, length should be 0
//(Ref. Intel reference manual 18.2.4)
if ((Type == 0) && (Length != 0)) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( //Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
//software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
+ if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
(Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -643,14 +643,14 @@ EnableDebugRegister ( }
-/**
- Returns register number 0 - 3 for the maching debug register.
- This function compares incoming Address, Type, Length and
+/**
+ Returns register number 0 - 3 for the maching debug register.
+ This function compares incoming Address, Type, Length and
if there is a match then it returns the appropriate register number.
In case of mismatch, function returns EFI_NOT_FOUND message.
@param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Address Breakpoint address value
+ @param Address Breakpoint address value
@param Length Breakpoint length value
@param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write, Data read
or write etc.)
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ FindMatchingDebugRegister ( //Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
//software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
+ if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
(Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -682,24 +682,24 @@ FindMatchingDebugRegister ( Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
- if ((Dr7.Bits.G0 == 1) &&
+ if ((Dr7.Bits.G0 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN0 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW0 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW0 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0)) {
*Register = 0;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G1 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G1 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN1 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW1 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW1 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1)) {
*Register = 1;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G2 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G2 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN2 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW2 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW2 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2)) {
*Register = 2;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G3 == 1) &&
+ } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G3 == 1) &&
(Dr7.Bits.LEN3 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW3 == Type) &&
+ (Dr7.Bits.RW3 == Type) &&
(Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3)) {
*Register = 3;
} else {
@@ -884,15 +884,15 @@ RemoveBreakPoint ( }
switch (Type) {
-
+
case 0: //Software breakpoint
BreakType = SoftwareBreakpoint;
break;
-
+
case 1: //Hardware breakpoint
BreakType = InstructionExecution;
break;
-
+
case 2: //Write watchpoint
BreakType = DataWrite;
break;
@@ -954,8 +954,8 @@ ValidateAddress ( BOOLEAN
ValidateException (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
+ IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
+ IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
)
{
return TRUE;
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.c index cceb80dbf0..e3d1b47cc4 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Basic serial IO abstaction for GDB
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ UINTN gTimeOut = 0; /**
The constructor function initializes the UART.
-
+
@param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
**/
@@ -43,20 +43,20 @@ GdbSerialLibDebugPortConstructor ( )
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
-
+
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiDebugPortProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&gDebugPort);
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
gTimeOut = PcdGet32 (PcdGdbMaxPacketRetryCount);
gDebugPort->Reset (gDebugPort);
}
-
+
return Status;
}
/**
- Sets the baud rate, receive FIFO depth, transmit/receice time out, parity,
+ Sets the baud rate, receive FIFO depth, transmit/receice time out, parity,
data buts, and stop bits on a serial device. This call is optional as the serial
port will be set up with defaults base on PCD values.
@@ -77,14 +77,14 @@ GdbSerialLibDebugPortConstructor ( RETURN_STATUS
EFIAPI
GdbSerialInit (
- IN UINT64 BaudRate,
- IN UINT8 Parity,
- IN UINT8 DataBits,
- IN UINT8 StopBits
+ IN UINT64 BaudRate,
+ IN UINT8 Parity,
+ IN UINT8 DataBits,
+ IN UINT8 StopBits
)
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
-
+
Status = gDebugPort->Reset (gDebugPort);
return Status;
}
@@ -96,18 +96,18 @@ GdbSerialInit ( @return TRUE - Character availible
@return FALSE - Character not availible
-
+
**/
BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
GdbIsCharAvailable (
VOID
- )
+ )
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
-
+
Status = gDebugPort->Poll (gDebugPort);
-
+
return (Status == EFI_SUCCESS ? TRUE : FALSE);
}
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ GdbIsCharAvailable ( Get a character from GDB. This function must be able to run in interrupt context.
@return A character from GDB
-
+
**/
CHAR8
EFIAPI
@@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ GdbGetChar ( EFI_STATUS Status;
CHAR8 Char;
UINTN BufferSize;
-
+
do {
BufferSize = sizeof (Char);
Status = gDebugPort->Read (gDebugPort, gTimeOut, &BufferSize, &Char);
} while (EFI_ERROR (Status) || BufferSize != sizeof (Char));
-
+
return Char;
}
@@ -153,12 +153,12 @@ GdbPutChar ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
UINTN BufferSize;
-
+
do {
BufferSize = sizeof (Char);
Status = gDebugPort->Write (gDebugPort, gTimeOut, &BufferSize, &Char);
} while (EFI_ERROR (Status) || BufferSize != sizeof (Char));
-
+
return;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.inf index 888f10db1b..b7c289c5a3 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.inf @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ [Protocols.common]
gEfiDebugPortProtocolGuid
-
+
[FixedPcd.common]
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbBaudRate|115200
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbDataBits|8
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.c index a1515626a2..7ea976ff9d 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Basic serial IO abstaction for GDB
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ UINTN gPort; /**
The constructor function initializes the UART.
-
+
@param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
**/
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ GdbSerialLibConstructor ( UINT8 DataBits;
UINT8 Parity;
UINT8 StopBits;
-
+
gPort = (UINTN)PcdGet32 (PcdGdbUartPort);
-
+
BaudRate = PcdGet64 (PcdGdbBaudRate);
Parity = PcdGet8 (PcdGdbParity);
DataBits = PcdGet8 (PcdGdbDataBits);
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ GdbSerialLibConstructor ( /**
- Sets the baud rate, receive FIFO depth, transmit/receice time out, parity,
+ Sets the baud rate, receive FIFO depth, transmit/receice time out, parity,
data buts, and stop bits on a serial device. This call is optional as the serial
port will be set up with defaults base on PCD values.
@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ GdbSerialLibConstructor ( RETURN_STATUS
EFIAPI
GdbSerialInit (
- IN UINT64 BaudRate,
- IN UINT8 Parity,
- IN UINT8 DataBits,
- IN UINT8 StopBits
+ IN UINT64 BaudRate,
+ IN UINT8 Parity,
+ IN UINT8 DataBits,
+ IN UINT8 StopBits
)
{
UINTN Divisor;
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ GdbSerialInit ( //
// We assume the UART has been turned on to decode gPort address range
//
-
+
//
// Map 5..8 to 0..3
//
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ GdbSerialInit ( //
// Calculate divisor for baud generator
//
- Divisor = 115200/(UINTN)BaudRate;
-
+ Divisor = 115200/(UINTN)BaudRate;
+
//
// Set communications format
//
@@ -167,18 +167,18 @@ GdbSerialInit ( @return TRUE - Character availible
@return FALSE - Character not availible
-
+
**/
BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
GdbIsCharAvailable (
VOID
- )
+ )
{
UINT8 Data;
-
+
Data = IoRead8 (gPort + LSR_OFFSET);
-
+
return ((Data & LSR_RXDA) == LSR_RXDA);
}
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ GdbIsCharAvailable ( Get a character from GDB. This function must be able to run in interrupt context.
@return A character from GDB
-
+
**/
CHAR8
EFIAPI
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ GdbGetChar ( } while ((Data & LSR_RXDA) == 0);
Char = IoRead8 (gPort);
-
+
// Make this an EFI_D_INFO after we get everything debugged.
DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "<%c<", Char));
return Char;
@@ -226,15 +226,15 @@ GdbPutChar ( )
{
UINT8 Data;
-
+
// Make this an EFI_D_INFO after we get everything debugged.
DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, ">%c>", Char));
-
+
// Wait for the serial port to be ready
do {
Data = IoRead8 (gPort + LSR_OFFSET);
} while ((Data & LSR_TXRDY) == 0);
-
+
IoWrite8 (gPort, Char);
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Capsule.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Capsule.c index 3764bd5670..ec89cfdeec 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Capsule.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Capsule.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Generic Capsule services
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ //
//Max size capsule services support are platform policy,to populate capsules we just need
//memory to maintain them across reset,it is not a problem. And to special capsules ,for
-//example,update flash,it is mostly decided by the platform. Here is a sample size for
+//example,update flash,it is mostly decided by the platform. Here is a sample size for
//different type capsules.
//
#define MAX_SIZE_POPULATE (0)
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ SupportUpdateCapsuleRest ( )
{
//
- //If the platform has a way to guarantee the memory integrity across a system reset, return
- //TRUE, else FALSE.
+ //If the platform has a way to guarantee the memory integrity across a system reset, return
+ //TRUE, else FALSE.
//
return FALSE;
}
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ SupportCapsuleSize ( //
*MaxSizePopulate = MAX_SIZE_POPULATE;
*MaxSizeNonPopulate = MAX_SIZE_NON_POPULATE;
- return;
+ return;
}
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Arguments: CapsuleHeaderArray A array of pointers to capsule headers passed in
CapsuleCount The number of capsule
ScatterGatherList Physical address of datablock list points to capsule
-
+
Returns:
EFI STATUS
@@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ Returns: not set, the capsule has been successfully processed by the firmware.
If it set, the ScattlerGatherList is successfully to be set.
EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER CapsuleCount is less than 1,CapsuleGuid is not supported.
- EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Failed to SetVariable or AllocatePool or ProcessFirmwareVolume.
-
+ EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Failed to SetVariable or AllocatePool or ProcessFirmwareVolume.
+
--*/
{
UINTN CapsuleSize;
@@ -110,17 +110,17 @@ Returns: for (ArrayNumber = 0; ArrayNumber < CapsuleCount; ArrayNumber++) {
CapsuleHeader = CapsuleHeaderArray[ArrayNumber];
if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & (CAPSULE_FLAGS_PERSIST_ACROSS_RESET | CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE)) == CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
if (!CompareGuid (&CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid, &gEfiCapsuleGuid)) {
if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) == 0) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
+ }
+ }
}
//
- //Assume that capsules have the same flags on reseting or not.
+ //Assume that capsules have the same flags on reseting or not.
//
CapsuleHeader = CapsuleHeaderArray[0];
@@ -131,28 +131,28 @@ Returns: if (!SupportUpdateCapsuleRest()) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
-
+
if (ScatterGatherList == 0) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
} else {
Status = EfiSetVariable (
- EFI_CAPSULE_VARIABLE_NAME,
- &gEfiCapsuleVendorGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS,
- sizeof (UINTN),
- (VOID *) &ScatterGatherList
+ EFI_CAPSULE_VARIABLE_NAME,
+ &gEfiCapsuleVendorGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS,
+ sizeof (UINTN),
+ (VOID *) &ScatterGatherList
);
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
+ if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
}
}
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
-
+
//
//The rest occurs in the condition of non-reset mode
//
- if (EfiAtRuntime ()) {
+ if (EfiAtRuntime ()) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Returns: gBS->CopyMem (BufferPtr, (UINT8*)CapsuleHeader+ CapsuleHeader->HeaderSize, CapsuleSize);
//
- //Call DXE service ProcessFirmwareVolume to process immediatelly
+ //Call DXE service ProcessFirmwareVolume to process immediatelly
//
Status = gDS->ProcessFirmwareVolume (BufferPtr, CapsuleSize, &FvHandle);
if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Returns: Done:
if (BufferPtr != NULL) {
gBS->FreePool (BufferPtr);
- }
+ }
return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
}
@@ -231,10 +231,10 @@ Returns: if ((MaxiumCapsuleSize == NULL) ||(ResetType == NULL)) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
+ }
CapsuleHeader = NULL;
-
+
//
//Compare GUIDs with EFI_CAPSULE_GUID, if capsule header contains CAPSULE_FLAGS_PERSIST_ACROSS_RESET
//and CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE flags,whatever the GUID is ,the service supports.
@@ -242,20 +242,20 @@ Returns: for (ArrayNumber = 0; ArrayNumber < CapsuleCount; ArrayNumber++) {
CapsuleHeader = CapsuleHeaderArray[ArrayNumber];
if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & (CAPSULE_FLAGS_PERSIST_ACROSS_RESET | CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE)) == CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
if (!CompareGuid (&CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid, &gEfiCapsuleGuid)) {
if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) == 0) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
- }
+ }
}
SupportCapsuleSize(&MaxSizePopulate,&MaxSizeNonPopulate);
//
- //Assume that capsules have the same flags on reseting or not.
+ //Assume that capsules have the same flags on reseting or not.
//
- CapsuleHeader = CapsuleHeaderArray[0];
+ CapsuleHeader = CapsuleHeaderArray[0];
if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & CAPSULE_FLAGS_PERSIST_ACROSS_RESET) != 0) {
//
//Check if the platform supports update capsule across a system reset
@@ -264,11 +264,11 @@ Returns: return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
*ResetType = EfiResetWarm;
- *MaxiumCapsuleSize = MaxSizePopulate;
+ *MaxiumCapsuleSize = MaxSizePopulate;
} else {
*ResetType = EfiResetCold;
*MaxiumCapsuleSize = MaxSizeNonPopulate;
- }
+ }
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Mtc.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Mtc.c index a3f3c13def..2b60d07203 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Mtc.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Mtc.c @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Arguments: Returns:
- EFI_SUCCESS The event has been handled properly
+ EFI_SUCCESS The event has been handled properly
EFI_NOT_FOUND An error occurred updating the variable.
--*/
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ LibMtcGetNextHighMonotonicCount ( *HighCount = (UINT32) RShiftU64 (mEfiMtc, 32) + 1;
mEfiMtc = LShiftU64 (*HighCount, 32);
-
+
if (!EfiAtRuntime ()) {
gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/ReportStatusCode.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/ReportStatusCode.c index aaae407284..e2d5500ae0 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/ReportStatusCode.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/ReportStatusCode.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Report status code lib on top of either SerialLib and/or EFI Serial Protocol.
Based on PcdStatusCodeUseEfiSerial & PcdStatusCodeUseHardSerial settings
- There is just a single runtime memory buffer that contans all the data.
+ There is just a single runtime memory buffer that contans all the data.
Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
@@ -77,12 +77,12 @@ LibReportStatusCode ( // Print DEBUG() information into output buffer.
//
CharCount = AsciiVSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- Format,
+ Buffer,
+ EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
+ Format,
Marker
);
- } else if (Data != NULL &&
+ } else if (Data != NULL &&
CompareGuid (&Data->Type, &gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid) &&
(CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_DEBUG_CODE) {
//
@@ -98,19 +98,19 @@ LibReportStatusCode ( // Print ERROR information into output buffer.
//
CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "ERROR: C%x:V%x I%x",
- CodeType,
- Value,
+ Buffer,
+ EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
+ "ERROR: C%x:V%x I%x",
+ CodeType,
+ Value,
Instance
);
//
- // Make sure we don't try to print values that weren't
+ // Make sure we don't try to print values that weren't
// intended to be printed, especially NULL GUID pointers.
//
-
+
if (CallerId != NULL) {
CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
&Buffer[CharCount - 1],
@@ -136,19 +136,19 @@ LibReportStatusCode ( );
} else if ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) {
CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "PROGRESS CODE: V%x I%x\n\r",
- Value,
+ Buffer,
+ EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
+ "PROGRESS CODE: V%x I%x\n\r",
+ Value,
Instance
);
} else {
CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "Undefined: C%x:V%x I%x\n\r",
- CodeType,
- Value,
+ Buffer,
+ EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
+ "Undefined: C%x:V%x I%x\n\r",
+ CodeType,
+ Value,
Instance
);
}
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ LibReportStatusCode ( gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &mSerialIoProtocol);
}
- if (mSerialIoProtocol == NULL) {
+ if (mSerialIoProtocol == NULL) {
mSerialIoProtocol->Write (
mSerialIoProtocol,
&CharCount,
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Reset.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Reset.c index 65a0a166b3..c6ae1f0c32 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Reset.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Reset.c @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ **/
-
+
VOID
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Rtc.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Rtc.c index 59c8cd16b0..6fd6516bf2 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Rtc.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Rtc.c @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ **/
-
+
typedef struct {
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ RtcTimeFieldsValid ( Routine Description:
Arguments:
-
- Returns:
+
+ Returns:
--*/
// TODO: Time - add argument and description to function comment
// TODO: EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - add return value to function comment
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Variable.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Variable.c index 4d06666887..0c1b76a4bb 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Variable.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Variable.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /** @file
Variable services implemented from system memory
- There is just a single runtime memory buffer that contans all the data.
+ There is just a single runtime memory buffer that contans all the data.
Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ AddEntry ( EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
- SizeOfString = StrSize (VariableName);
+ SizeOfString = StrSize (VariableName);
Size = SizeOfString + sizeof (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY) + DataSize;
if ((VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)mVariableArrayNextFree) + Size) > mVariableArrayEnd) {
// ran out of space
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ AddEntry ( mVariableArrayNextFree = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)mVariableArrayNextFree) + SizeOfString);
CopyMem (mVariableArrayNextFree, Data, DataSize);
mVariableArrayNextFree = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)mVariableArrayNextFree) + DataSize);
-
+
if (!EfiAtRuntime ()) {
// Exit Critical section
gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ AddEntry ( return Entry;
}
-
+
VOID
DeleteEntry (
IN VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *Entry
@@ -199,22 +199,22 @@ LibGetNextVariableName ( if (Entry == NULL) {
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
+
// If we are at runtime skip variables that do not have the Runitme attribute set.
Done = (EfiAtRuntime () && ((Entry->Attribute & EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS) == 0)) ? FALSE : TRUE;
- }
+ }
StringSize = StrSize ((CHAR16 *)(Entry + 1));
Entry = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)Entry) + (StringSize + sizeof (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY) + Entry->DataSize));
if (Entry >= mVariableArrayEnd) {
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
+
if (*VariableNameSize < StringSize) {
*VariableNameSize = StringSize;
return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
}
-
+
*VariableNameSize = StringSize;
CopyMem (VariableName, (CHAR16 *)(Entry + 1), StringSize);
CopyMem (VendorGuid, &Entry->VendorGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
@@ -298,9 +298,9 @@ LibVariableInitialize (VOID) ASSERT (mVariableArray != NULL);
mVariableArrayEnd = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)mVariableArray) + Size);
-
+
mMaximumVariableStorageSize = Size - sizeof (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY);
mRemainingVariableStorageSize = mMaximumVariableStorageSize;
mMaximumVariableSize = mMaximumVariableStorageSize;
}
-
+
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.c index 8cd483dede..2a91a98ba8 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.c @@ -34,17 +34,17 @@ LzmaDecompressLibConstructor ( )
{
EXTRACT_SECTION_HOB *Hob;
-
+
Hob = GetFirstGuidHob (&gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid);
if (Hob == NULL) {
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
- // Locate Guided Hob
+
+ // Locate Guided Hob
return ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers (
&gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid,
Hob->Data.SectionGetInfo,
Hob->Data.SectionExtraction
- );
+ );
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.inf index d88fb377f3..1ec967b016 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.inf @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ # LzmaCustomDecompressLib produces LZMA custom decompression algorithm.
#
# It is based on the LZMA SDK 4.65.
-# LZMA SDK 4.65 was placed in the public domain on 2009-02-03.
+# LZMA SDK 4.65 was placed in the public domain on 2009-02-03.
# It was released on the http://www.7-zip.org/sdk.html website.
#
# Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.c index 74386dfa28..a0bb57541d 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Generic ARM implementation of DmaLib.h
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -20,25 +20,25 @@ -/**
+/**
Provides the DMA controller-specific addresses needed to access system memory.
-
+
Operation is relative to the DMA bus master.
-
+
@param Operation Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.
@param HostAddress The system memory address to map to the DMA controller.
@param NumberOfBytes On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes
- that were mapped.
+ that were mapped.
@param DeviceAddress The resulting map address for the bus master controller to use to
- access the hosts HostAddress.
+ access the hosts HostAddress.
@param Mapping A resulting value to pass to Unmap().
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The system hardware could not map the requested address.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -56,15 +56,15 @@ DmaMap ( }
-/**
+/**
Completes the DmaMapBusMasterRead(), DmaMapBusMasterWrite(), or DmaMapBusMasterCommonBuffer()
operation and releases any corresponding resources.
-
+
@param Mapping The mapping value returned from DmaMap*().
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The range was unmapped.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The data was not committed to the target system memory.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -75,22 +75,22 @@ DmaUnmap ( return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
-/**
+/**
Allocates pages that are suitable for an DmaMap() of type MapOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer.
- mapping.
-
+ mapping.
+
@param MemoryType The type of memory to allocate, EfiBootServicesData or
- EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- @param Pages The number of pages to allocate.
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData.
+ @param Pages The number of pages to allocate.
@param HostAddress A pointer to store the base system memory address of the
- allocated range.
+ allocated range.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested memory pages were allocated.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are
- MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.
+ MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The memory pages could not be allocated.
-
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The memory pages could not be allocated.
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -121,16 +121,16 @@ DmaAllocateBuffer ( }
-/**
+/**
Frees memory that was allocated with DmaAllocateBuffer().
-
- @param Pages The number of pages to free.
- @param HostAddress The base system memory address of the allocated range.
-
+
+ @param Pages The number of pages to free.
+ @param HostAddress The base system memory address of the allocated range.
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested memory pages were freed.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages
was not allocated with DmaAllocateBuffer().
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -141,8 +141,8 @@ DmaFreeBuffer ( {
if (HostAddress == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
+ }
+
FreePages (HostAddress, Pages);
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.inf index 8e8ccaee38..38261d5ede 100755 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.inf @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ #/** @file
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
#**/
[Defines]
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 0F2A0816-D319-4ee7-A6B8-D58524E4428F
MODULE_TYPE = BASE
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = DmaLib
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = DmaLib
[Sources.common]
NullDmaLib.c
@@ -29,13 +29,13 @@ [LibraryClasses]
DebugLib
MemoryAllocationLib
-
-
+
+
[Protocols]
-
+
[Guids]
-
+
[Pcd]
[Depex]
- TRUE
\ No newline at end of file + TRUE
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.c index 38de686a44..cee15c4be2 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ GetSavedData ( GuidHob = GetFirstGuidHob(&SavedDataGuid);
GuidHob++;
-
+
return (PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA *)GuidHob;
}
@@ -78,21 +78,21 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers ( SavedData->ExtractGetInfoHandlerTable [Index] = GetInfoHandler;
return RETURN_SUCCESS;
}
-
+
//
// Check the global table is enough to contain new Handler.
//
if (SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler >= PcdGet32 (PcdMaximumGuidedExtractHandler)) {
return RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
}
-
+
//
// Register new Handler and guid value.
//
CopyGuid (&SavedData->ExtractHandlerGuidTable [SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler], SectionGuid);
SavedData->ExtractDecodeHandlerTable [SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler] = DecodeHandler;
SavedData->ExtractGetInfoHandlerTable [SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler++] = GetInfoHandler;
-
+
return RETURN_SUCCESS;
}
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetGuidList ( PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA *SavedData;
ASSERT(ExtractHandlerGuidTable != NULL);
-
+
SavedData = GetSavedData();
-
+
*ExtractHandlerGuidTable = SavedData->ExtractHandlerGuidTable;
return SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler;
}
@@ -118,20 +118,20 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo ( IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
OUT UINT32 *OutputBufferSize,
OUT UINT32 *ScratchBufferSize,
- OUT UINT16 *SectionAttribute
+ OUT UINT16 *SectionAttribute
)
{
PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA *SavedData;
UINT32 Index;
-
+
if (InputSection == NULL) {
return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
ASSERT (OutputBufferSize != NULL);
ASSERT (ScratchBufferSize != NULL);
ASSERT (SectionAttribute != NULL);
-
+
SavedData = GetSavedData();
//
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo ( }
//
- // Not found, the input guided section is not supported.
+ // Not found, the input guided section is not supported.
//
if (Index == SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler) {
return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
@@ -167,16 +167,16 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionDecode ( IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
OUT VOID *ScratchBuffer, OPTIONAL
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
+ OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
)
{
PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA *SavedData;
UINT32 Index;
-
+
if (InputSection == NULL) {
return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
ASSERT (OutputBuffer != NULL);
ASSERT (AuthenticationStatus != NULL);
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionDecode ( }
//
- // Not found, the input guided section is not supported.
+ // Not found, the input guided section is not supported.
//
if (Index == SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler) {
return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionLibConstructor ( if (SavedData.ExtractHandlerGuidTable == NULL) {
return RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
}
-
+
SavedData.ExtractDecodeHandlerTable = (EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER *)AllocatePool(PcdGet32(PcdMaximumGuidedExtractHandler) * sizeof(EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER));
if (SavedData.ExtractDecodeHandlerTable == NULL) {
return RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
@@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionLibConstructor ( if (SavedData.ExtractGetInfoHandlerTable == NULL) {
return RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
}
-
+
//
// the initialized number is Zero.
//
SavedData.NumberOfExtractHandler = 0;
-
+
BuildGuidDataHob(&HobGuid, &SavedData, sizeof(SavedData));
-
+
return RETURN_SUCCESS;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.inf index 6389f70a3d..ba74c26268 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.inf @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ #/** @file
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
#**/
[Defines]
@@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ DebugLib
[FixedPcd.common]
- gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMaximumGuidedExtractHandler
+ gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMaximumGuidedExtractHandler
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/Hob.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/Hob.c index 320dddfc25..aff532259e 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/Hob.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/Hob.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Copyright (c) 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ CreateHobList ( SetHobList (Hob);
BuildCpuHob (PcdGet8 (PcdPrePiCpuMemorySize), PcdGet8 (PcdPrePiCpuIoSize));
-
+
Attributes =(
EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT |
EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED |
@@ -209,25 +209,25 @@ CreateHobList ( BuildStackHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)StackBase, ((UINTN)MemoryBegin + MemoryLength) - (UINTN)StackBase);
if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdPrePiProduceMemoryTypeInformationHob)) {
- // Optional feature that helps prevent EFI memory map fragmentation.
+ // Optional feature that helps prevent EFI memory map fragmentation.
BuildMemoryTypeInformationHob ();
}
-}
-
+}
+
VOID
EFIAPI
-BuildFvHobs (
+BuildFvHobs (
IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalStart,
IN UINT64 NumberOfBytes,
IN EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE *ResourceAttribute
- )
+ )
{
EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE Resource;
-
+
BuildFvHob (PhysicalStart, NumberOfBytes);
-
+
if (ResourceAttribute == NULL) {
Resource = (EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT |
EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED |
@@ -236,14 +236,14 @@ BuildFvHobs ( } else {
Resource = *ResourceAttribute;
}
-
+
BuildResourceDescriptorHob (EFI_RESOURCE_FIRMWARE_DEVICE, Resource, PhysicalStart, NumberOfBytes);
}
/**
Returns the next instance of a HOB type from the starting HOB.
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB type from the starting HOB pointer.
+ This function searches the first instance of a HOB type from the starting HOB pointer.
If there does not exist such HOB type from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
In contrast with macro GET_NEXT_HOB(), this function does not skip the starting HOB pointer
unconditionally: it returns HobStart back if HobStart itself meets the requirement;
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ GetNextHob ( EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
ASSERT (HobStart != NULL);
-
+
Hob.Raw = (UINT8 *) HobStart;
//
// Parse the HOB list until end of list or matching type is found.
@@ -279,14 +279,14 @@ GetNextHob ( }
return NULL;
}
-
-
+
+
/**
Returns the first instance of a HOB type among the whole HOB list.
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB type among the whole HOB list.
- If there does not exist such HOB type in the HOB list, it will return NULL.
+ This function searches the first instance of a HOB type among the whole HOB list.
+ If there does not exist such HOB type in the HOB list, it will return NULL.
@param Type The HOB type to return.
@@ -307,10 +307,10 @@ GetFirstHob ( /**
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB from the starting HOB pointer.
- Such HOB should satisfy two conditions:
- its HOB type is EFI_HOB_TYPE_GUID_EXTENSION and its GUID Name equals to the input Guid.
- If there does not exist such HOB from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
+ This function searches the first instance of a HOB from the starting HOB pointer.
+ Such HOB should satisfy two conditions:
+ its HOB type is EFI_HOB_TYPE_GUID_EXTENSION and its GUID Name equals to the input Guid.
+ If there does not exist such HOB from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
Caller is required to apply GET_GUID_HOB_DATA () and GET_GUID_HOB_DATA_SIZE ()
to extract the data section and its size info respectively.
In contrast with macro GET_NEXT_HOB(), this function does not skip the starting HOB pointer
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ GetNextGuidHob ( /**
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB among the whole HOB list.
+ This function searches the first instance of a HOB among the whole HOB list.
Such HOB should satisfy two conditions:
its HOB type is EFI_HOB_TYPE_GUID_EXTENSION and its GUID Name equals to the input Guid.
If there does not exist such HOB from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ GetFirstGuidHob ( /**
Get the Boot Mode from the HOB list.
- This function returns the system boot mode information from the
+ This function returns the system boot mode information from the
PHIT HOB in HOB list.
@param VOID
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ GetBootMode ( /**
Get the Boot Mode from the HOB list.
- This function returns the system boot mode information from the
+ This function returns the system boot mode information from the
PHIT HOB in HOB list.
@param VOID
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ BuildModuleHob ( // Zero the reserved space to match HOB spec
//
ZeroMem (Hob->MemoryAllocationHeader.Reserved, sizeof (Hob->MemoryAllocationHeader.Reserved));
-
+
CopyGuid (&Hob->ModuleName, ModuleName);
Hob->EntryPoint = EntryPoint;
}
@@ -467,8 +467,8 @@ BuildModuleHob ( /**
Builds a GUID HOB with a certain data length.
- This function builds a customized HOB tagged with a GUID for identification
- and returns the start address of GUID HOB data so that caller can fill the customized data.
+ This function builds a customized HOB tagged with a GUID for identification
+ and returns the start address of GUID HOB data so that caller can fill the customized data.
The HOB Header and Name field is already stripped.
It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ BuildFvHob ( @param Length The size of the Firmware Volume in bytes.
@param FvName The name of the Firmware Volume.
@param FileName The name of the file.
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ BuildCpuHob ( //
// Zero the reserved space to match HOB spec
//
- ZeroMem (Hob->Reserved, sizeof (Hob->Reserved));
+ ZeroMem (Hob->Reserved, sizeof (Hob->Reserved));
}
@@ -762,9 +762,9 @@ BuildMemoryAllocationHob ( ASSERT (((BaseAddress & (EFI_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) == 0) &&
((Length & (EFI_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) == 0));
-
+
Hob = CreateHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION, sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION));
-
+
ZeroMem (&(Hob->AllocDescriptor.Name), sizeof (EFI_GUID));
Hob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress = BaseAddress;
Hob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength = Length;
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ BuildExtractSectionHob ( )
{
EXTRACT_SECTION_DATA Data;
-
+
Data.SectionGetInfo = SectionGetInfo;
Data.SectionExtraction = SectionExtraction;
BuildGuidDataHob (Guid, &Data, sizeof (Data));
@@ -809,10 +809,10 @@ BuildPeCoffLoaderHob ( VOID
)
{
- VOID *Ptr;
-
+ VOID *Ptr;
+
Ptr = &gPeCoffProtocol;
- BuildGuidDataHob (&gPeCoffLoaderProtocolGuid, &Ptr, sizeof (VOID *));
+ BuildGuidDataHob (&gPeCoffLoaderProtocolGuid, &Ptr, sizeof (VOID *));
}
// May want to put this into a library so you only need the PCD setings if you are using the feature?
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/PrePiHobLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/PrePiHobLib.inf index ca73e6a203..19e5a298f3 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/PrePiHobLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/PrePiHobLib.inf @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 1F3A3278-82EB-4C0D-86F1-5BCDA5846CB2
MODULE_TYPE = BASE
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = HobLib
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = HobLib
#
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ BaseMemoryLib
DebugLib
PrePiHobListPointerLib
-
+
[Guids]
gEfiHobMemoryAllocModuleGuid
gEfiHobMemoryAllocStackGuid
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointer.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointer.c index bf4f80f4e4..9065b1132f 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointer.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointer.c @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
*
* Copyright (c) 2011, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-*
-* This program and the accompanying materials
-* are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-* which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-* http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
*
-* THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+* This program and the accompanying materials
+* are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+* which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+* http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+*
+* THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
*
**/
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ PrePeiGetHobList ( Updates the pointer to the HOB list.
@param HobList Hob list pointer to store
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ PrePeiSetHobList ( )
{
gHobList = HobList;
-
+
//
// If this code is running from ROM this could fail
//
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointerLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointerLib.inf index fea8f43687..bfd3c209a1 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointerLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointerLib.inf @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ #/** @file
#
# Copyright (c) 2011, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+#
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#
#**/
@@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ [LibraryClasses]
#DebugLib
-
+
[FixedPcd.common]
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiHobBase
-
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/FwVol.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/FwVol.c index 0dec29efe9..34ae0f59ac 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/FwVol.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/FwVol.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /** @file
Implementation of the 6 PEI Ffs (FV) APIs in library form.
-
+
This code only knows about a FV if it has a EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV entry in the HOB list
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ /**
Returns the highest bit set of the State field
-
+
@param ErasePolarity Erase Polarity as defined by EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY
in the Attributes field.
@param FfsHeader Pointer to FFS File Header
-
+
@retval the highest bit in the State field
@@ -56,15 +56,15 @@ GetFileState( }
return HighestBit;
-}
+}
/**
Calculates the checksum of the header of a file.
The header is a zero byte checksum, so zero means header is good
-
+
@param FfsHeader Pointer to FFS File Header
-
+
@retval Checksum of the header
**/
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ CalculateHeaderChecksum ( UINT8 *Ptr;
UINTN Index;
UINT8 Sum;
-
+
Sum = 0;
Ptr = (UINT8 *)FileHeader;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ CalculateHeaderChecksum ( for (; Index < sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER); Index++) {
Sum = (UINT8)(Sum + Ptr[Index]);
}
-
+
//
- // State field (since this indicates the different state of file).
+ // State field (since this indicates the different state of file).
//
Sum = (UINT8)(Sum - FileHeader->State);
//
@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ CalculateHeaderChecksum ( /**
Given a FileHandle return the VolumeHandle
-
+
@param FileHandle File handle to look up
@param VolumeHandle Match for FileHandle
-
+
@retval TRUE VolumeHandle is valid
**/
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ FileHandleToVolume ( if (Hob.Raw == NULL) {
return FALSE;
}
-
+
do {
Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, Hob.Raw);
if (Hob.Raw != NULL) {
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ FileHandleToVolume ( Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, GET_NEXT_HOB (Hob));
}
} while (Hob.Raw != NULL);
-
+
return FALSE;
}
@@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ FileHandleToVolume ( Given the input file pointer, search for the next matching file in the
FFS volume as defined by SearchType. The search starts from FileHeader inside
the Firmware Volume defined by FwVolHeader.
-
+
@param FileHandle File handle to look up
@param VolumeHandle Match for FileHandle
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -208,13 +208,13 @@ FindFileEx ( FileOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (FileLength, 8);
FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)*FileHeader + FileOccupiedSize);
}
-
+
FileOffset = (UINT32) ((UINT8 *)FfsFileHeader - (UINT8 *)FwVolHeader);
ASSERT (FileOffset <= 0xFFFFFFFF);
while (FileOffset < (FvLength - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER))) {
//
- // Get FileState which is the highest bit of the State
+ // Get FileState which is the highest bit of the State
//
FileState = GetFileState (ErasePolarity, FfsFileHeader);
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ FindFileEx ( FileOffset += sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)FfsFileHeader + sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
break;
-
+
case EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID:
case EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE:
if (CalculateHeaderChecksum (FfsFileHeader) != 0) {
@@ -241,16 +241,16 @@ FindFileEx ( *FileHeader = FfsFileHeader;
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
- } else if (((SearchType == FfsFileHeader->Type) || (SearchType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL)) &&
- (FfsFileHeader->Type != EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD)) {
+ } else if (((SearchType == FfsFileHeader->Type) || (SearchType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL)) &&
+ (FfsFileHeader->Type != EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD)) {
*FileHeader = FfsFileHeader;
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
- FileOffset += FileOccupiedSize;
+ FileOffset += FileOccupiedSize;
FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)FfsFileHeader + FileOccupiedSize);
break;
-
+
case EFI_FILE_DELETED:
FileLength = *(UINT32 *)(FfsFileHeader->Size) & 0x00FFFFFF;
FileOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE(FileLength, 8);
@@ -261,24 +261,24 @@ FindFileEx ( default:
*FileHeader = NULL;
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
+ }
}
-
+
*FileHeader = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
/**
Go through the file to search SectionType section,
- when meeting an encapsuled section.
-
+ when meeting an encapsuled section.
+
@param SectionType - Filter to find only section of this type.
@param Section - From where to search.
@param SectionSize - The file size to search.
@param OutputBuffer - Pointer to the section to search.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -310,11 +310,11 @@ FfsProcessSection ( return EFI_SUCCESS;
} else if ((Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION) || (Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED)) {
-
+
if (Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION) {
CompressionSection = (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *) Section;
SectionLength = *(UINT32 *)Section->Size & 0x00FFFFFF;
-
+
if (CompressionSection->CompressionType != EFI_STANDARD_COMPRESSION) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ FfsProcessSection ( &SectionAttribute
);
}
-
+
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
//
// GetInfo failed
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ FfsProcessSection ( return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
}
//
- // Allocate destination buffer, extra one page for adjustment
+ // Allocate destination buffer, extra one page for adjustment
//
DstBuffer = (VOID *)(UINTN)AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (DstBufferSize) + 1);
if (DstBuffer == NULL) {
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ FfsProcessSection ( &AuthenticationStatus
);
}
-
+
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
//
// Decompress failed
@@ -386,16 +386,16 @@ FfsProcessSection ( return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
} else {
return FfsProcessSection (
- SectionType,
- DstBuffer,
- DstBufferSize,
- OutputBuffer
+ SectionType,
+ DstBuffer,
+ DstBufferSize,
+ OutputBuffer
);
- }
+ }
}
//
- // Size is 24 bits wide so mask upper 8 bits.
+ // Size is 24 bits wide so mask upper 8 bits.
// SectionLength is adjusted it is 4 byte aligned.
// Go to the next section
//
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ FfsProcessSection ( ParsedLength += SectionLength;
Section = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)Section + SectionLength);
}
-
+
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ FfsFindSectionData ( FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)(FileHandle);
//
- // Size is 24 bits wide so mask upper 8 bits.
+ // Size is 24 bits wide so mask upper 8 bits.
// Does not include FfsFileHeader header size
// FileSize is adjusted to FileOccupiedSize as it is 8 byte aligned.
//
@@ -447,9 +447,9 @@ FfsFindSectionData ( FileSize -= sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
return FfsProcessSection (
- SectionType,
- Section,
- FileSize,
+ SectionType,
+ Section,
+ FileSize,
SectionData
);
}
@@ -503,13 +503,13 @@ FfsFindNextVolume ( )
{
EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
-
+
Hob.Raw = GetHobList ();
if (Hob.Raw == NULL) {
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
+
do {
Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, Hob.Raw);
if (Hob.Raw != NULL) {
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ FfsFindNextVolume ( Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, GET_NEXT_HOB (Hob));
}
} while (Hob.Raw != NULL);
-
+
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ FfsFindNextVolume ( /**
Find a file in the volume by name
-
+
@param FileName A pointer to the name of the file to
find within the firmware volume.
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ FfsFindNextVolume ( **/
EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
FfsFindFileByName (
IN CONST EFI_GUID *FileName,
IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
@@ -576,15 +576,15 @@ FfsFindFileByName ( information.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
represent a valid file.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
FfsGetFileInfo (
IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO *FileInfo
@@ -614,14 +614,14 @@ FfsGetFileInfo ( }
//
- // Get FileState which is the highest bit of the State
+ // Get FileState which is the highest bit of the State
//
FileState = GetFileState (ErasePolarity, (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)FileHandle);
switch (FileState) {
case EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID:
case EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE:
- break;
+ break;
default:
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -645,15 +645,15 @@ FfsGetFileInfo ( information.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
represent a valid file.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
**/
EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
FfsGetVolumeInfo (
IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
OUT EFI_FV_INFO *VolumeInfo
@@ -665,10 +665,10 @@ FfsGetVolumeInfo ( if (VolumeInfo == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
//
- // VolumeHandle may not align at 8 byte,
- // but FvLength is UINT64 type, which requires FvHeader align at least 8 byte.
+ // VolumeHandle may not align at 8 byte,
+ // but FvLength is UINT64 type, which requires FvHeader align at least 8 byte.
// So, Copy FvHeader into the local FvHeader structure.
//
CopyMem (&FwVolHeader, VolumeHandle, sizeof (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER));
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ FfsGetVolumeInfo ( @param FileType File handle of a Fv type file.
@param Volumehandle On succes Volume Handle of the match
@param FileHandle On success File Handle of the match
-
+
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FV image can't be found.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully found FileType
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ FfsAnyFvFindFirstFile ( break;
}
}
-
+
return Status;
}
@@ -788,14 +788,14 @@ FfsProcessFvFile ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return Status;
}
-
+
//
// Collect FvImage Info.
//
ZeroMem (&FvImageInfo, sizeof (FvImageInfo));
Status = FfsGetVolumeInfo (FvImageHandle, &FvImageInfo);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+
//
// FvAlignment must be more than 8 bytes required by FvHeader structure.
//
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ FfsProcessFvFile ( if (FvAlignment < 8) {
FvAlignment = 8;
}
-
+
//
// Check FvImage
//
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ FfsProcessFvFile ( // Inform HOB consumer phase, i.e. DXE core, the existance of this FV
//
BuildFvHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FvImageInfo.FvStart, FvImageInfo.FvSize);
-
+
//
// Makes the encapsulated volume show up in DXE phase to skip processing of
// encapsulated file again.
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePi.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePi.h index d637277d2a..607561cd24 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePi.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePi.h @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #define END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob) (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_END_OF_HOB_LIST)
//
-// Get the data and data size field of GUID
+// Get the data and data size field of GUID
//
#define GET_GUID_HOB_DATA(GuidHob) ((VOID *) (((UINT8 *) &((GuidHob)->Name)) + sizeof (EFI_GUID)))
#define GET_GUID_HOB_DATA_SIZE(GuidHob) (((GuidHob)->Header).HobLength - sizeof (EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE))
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.c index 4cc974f1a9..9a1ef344df 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ LoadPeCoffImage ( VOID *Buffer;
ZeroMem (&ImageContext, sizeof (ImageContext));
-
+
ImageContext.Handle = PeCoffImage;
ImageContext.ImageRead = PeCoffLoaderImageReadFromMemory;
Status = PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo (&ImageContext);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+
//
// Allocate Memory for the image
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ LoadPeCoffImage ( -typedef
+typedef
VOID
(EFIAPI *DXE_CORE_ENTRY_POINT) (
IN VOID *HobStart
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ LoadDxeCoreFromFfsFile ( return Status;
}
-
+
Status = LoadPeCoffImage (PeCoffImage, &ImageAddress, &ImageSize, &EntryPoint);
// For NT32 Debug Status = SecWinNtPeiLoadFile (PeCoffImage, &ImageAddress, &ImageSize, &EntryPoint);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
@@ -128,22 +128,22 @@ LoadDxeCoreFromFfsFile ( ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
BuildModuleHob (&FvFileInfo.FileName, (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)ImageAddress, EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINT32) ImageSize) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE, EntryPoint);
-
+
DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO | EFI_D_LOAD, "Loading DxeCore at 0x%10p EntryPoint=0x%10p\n", (VOID *)(UINTN)ImageAddress, (VOID *)(UINTN)EntryPoint));
Hob = GetHobList ();
if (StackSize == 0) {
// User the current stack
-
+
((DXE_CORE_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)EntryPoint) (Hob);
} else {
-
+
//
// Allocate 128KB for the Stack
//
BaseOfStack = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (StackSize));
ASSERT (BaseOfStack != NULL);
-
+
//
// Compute the top of the stack we were allocated. Pre-allocate a UINTN
// for safety.
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ LoadDxeCoreFromFfsFile ( //
// Update the contents of BSP stack HOB to reflect the real stack info passed to DxeCore.
- //
+ //
UpdateStackHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN) BaseOfStack, StackSize);
SwitchStack (
@@ -164,11 +164,11 @@ LoadDxeCoreFromFfsFile ( );
}
-
+
// Should never get here as DXE Core does not return
DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "DxeCore returned\n"));
ASSERT (FALSE);
-
+
return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
}
@@ -199,9 +199,9 @@ LoadDxeCoreFromFv ( if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return LoadDxeCoreFromFfsFile (FileHandle, StackSize);
- }
-
- return Status;
+ }
+
+ return Status;
}
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ DecompressFirstFv ( if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
Status = FfsProcessFvFile (FileHandle);
}
-
+
return Status;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.inf index 449e57d1af..b27b0441d5 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.inf @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ #/** @file
# Component description file for Apple Pre PI Library
#
-# LIbrary helps you build a platform that skips PEI and loads DXE Core
+# LIbrary helps you build a platform that skips PEI and loads DXE Core
# directly. Helps building HOBs, reading data from the FV, and doing
-# decompression.
+# decompression.
#
# Copyright (c) 2008, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 1F3A3278-82EB-4C0D-86F1-5BCDA5846CB2
MODULE_TYPE = BASE
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = PrePiLib
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = PrePiLib
#
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ [Protocols]
gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid
gPeCoffLoaderProtocolGuid
-
+
[FixedPcd.common]
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiCpuMemorySize
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/ReportStatusCode.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/ReportStatusCode.c index 747acac766..7a0b90a1e6 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/ReportStatusCode.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/ReportStatusCode.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Library that helps implement monolithic PEI
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ SerialReportStatusCode ( );
-EFI_STATUS_CODE_PROTOCOL gStatusCode = {
- (EFI_REPORT_STATUS_CODE)SerialReportStatusCode
+EFI_STATUS_CODE_PROTOCOL gStatusCode = {
+ (EFI_REPORT_STATUS_CODE)SerialReportStatusCode
};
/**
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ SerialReportStatusCode ( } else if (Data != NULL &&
ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (Data, &ErrorLevel, &Marker, &Format)) {
-
+
//
// Print DEBUG() information into output buffer.
//
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c index c22682a918..0e75e23933 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Implementation of the 6 PEI Ffs (FV) APIs in library form.
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ AllocatePool ( Hob = GetHobList ();
-
+
//
// Verify that there is sufficient memory to satisfy the allocation
//
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib.inf index 2addc5a5a8..21f6eb1e14 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib.inf @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ #/** @file
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2011, ARM Ltd. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
#**/
[Defines]
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/RealTimeClockLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/RealTimeClockLib.c index 129d4e06ef..8e4ee9b919 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/RealTimeClockLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/RealTimeClockLib.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /** @file
Implement EFI RealTimeClock runtime services via RTC Lib.
-
+
Currently this driver does not support runtime virtual calling.
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ LibRtcVirtualNotifyEvent ( {
//
// Only needed if you are going to support the OS calling RTC functions in virtual mode.
- // You will need to call EfiConvertPointer (). To convert any stored physical addresses
+ // You will need to call EfiConvertPointer (). To convert any stored physical addresses
// to virtual address. After the OS transistions to calling in virtual mode, all future
// runtime calls will be made in virtual mode.
//
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/TemplateRealTimeClockLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/TemplateRealTimeClockLib.inf index ce0d13257c..ebc3729aae 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/TemplateRealTimeClockLib.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/TemplateRealTimeClockLib.inf @@ -34,4 +34,3 @@ [LibraryClasses]
IoLib
DebugLib
-
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateResetSystemLib/ResetSystemLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateResetSystemLib/ResetSystemLib.c index 5c482a29f7..328bcbcf16 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateResetSystemLib/ResetSystemLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateResetSystemLib/ResetSystemLib.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /** @file
Template library implementation to support ResetSystem Runtime call.
-
+
Fill in the templates with what ever makes you system reset.
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -46,30 +46,30 @@ LibResetSystem ( {
UINTN Address;
UINT8 Data;
-
-
+
+
switch (ResetType) {
case EfiResetCold:
// system power cycle
-
+
// Example using IoLib functions to do IO.
Address = 0x12345678;
Data = MmioRead8 (Address);
MmioWrite8 (Address, Data | 0x01);
-
+
// Note this is a bad example asa MmioOr8 (Address, 0x01) does the same thing
break;
-
+
case EfiResetWarm:
- // not a full power cycle, maybe memory stays around.
+ // not a full power cycle, maybe memory stays around.
// if not support do the same thing as EfiResetCold.
break;
-
+
case EfiResetShutdown:
// turn off the system.
// if not support do the same thing as EfiResetCold.
break;
-
+
default:
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ LibResetSystem ( //
return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
}
-
+
/**
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ LibResetSystem ( @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
**/
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortExtLib/TemplateSerialPortExtLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortExtLib/TemplateSerialPortExtLib.c index f993cbf5c0..2c2b4382d2 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortExtLib/TemplateSerialPortExtLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortExtLib/TemplateSerialPortExtLib.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Extended Serial I/O Port library functions
Copyright (c) 2012, ARM Ltd. All rights reserved.
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortLib/TemplateSerialPortLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortLib/TemplateSerialPortLib.c index 5d9bb073c7..c3f8bd1298 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortLib/TemplateSerialPortLib.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateSerialPortLib/TemplateSerialPortLib.c @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2012, ARM Ltd. All rights reserved.
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ SerialPortRead ( Poll the serial device to see if there is any data waiting.
If there is data waiting to be read from the serial port, then return
- TRUE. If there is no data waiting to be read from the serial port, then
+ TRUE. If there is no data waiting to be read from the serial port, then
return FALSE.
@retval TRUE Data is waiting to be read.
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/MetronomeDxe/MetronomeDxe.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/MetronomeDxe/MetronomeDxe.inf index 37aea8571a..bb5bf0ee95 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/MetronomeDxe/MetronomeDxe.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/MetronomeDxe/MetronomeDxe.inf @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #/** @file
-#
+#
# Component description file for Bds module
#
# Copyright (c) 2008, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
@@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ # are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
#**/
[Defines]
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ [FixedPcd]
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMetronomeTickPeriod
-
+
[Protocols]
- gEfiMetronomeArchProtocolGuid
+ gEfiMetronomeArchProtocolGuid
[depex]
TRUE
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe/RealTimeClock.c b/EmbeddedPkg/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe/RealTimeClock.c index 9564cf55ee..80af8cf824 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe/RealTimeClock.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe/RealTimeClock.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /** @file
Implement EFI RealTimeClock runtime services via RTC Lib.
-
+
Currently this driver does not support runtime virtual calling.
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ **/
-#include <PiDxe.h>
+#include <PiDxe.h>
#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
#include <Library/RealTimeClockLib.h>
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe.inf index 14bf26f532..186d4610bd 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe/RealTimeClockRuntimeDxe.inf @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ RealTimeClockLib
[Protocols]
- gEfiRealTimeClockArchProtocolGuid
+ gEfiRealTimeClockArchProtocolGuid
[Depex]
TRUE
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/ResetRuntimeDxe/reset.c b/EmbeddedPkg/ResetRuntimeDxe/reset.c index 1708447e1e..3b9129ed29 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/ResetRuntimeDxe/reset.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/ResetRuntimeDxe/reset.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ InitializeReset ( EFI_HANDLE Handle;
LibInitializeResetSystem (ImageHandle, SystemTable);
-
+
SystemTable->RuntimeServices->ResetSystem = ResetSystemViaLib;
Handle = NULL;
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/SerialDxe/SerialDxe.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/SerialDxe/SerialDxe.inf index ed7f377351..aed458df63 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/SerialDxe/SerialDxe.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/SerialDxe/SerialDxe.inf @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ #/** @file
-#
+#
# Convert SerialLib into SerialIo protocol
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
#**/
[Defines]
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ SerialPortExtLib
[Protocols]
- gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid
+ gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid
gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid
[FixedPcd]
@@ -51,5 +51,5 @@ gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUartDefaultParity
gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUartDefaultStopBits
-[Depex]
+[Depex]
TRUE
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/SerialDxe/SerialIo.c b/EmbeddedPkg/SerialDxe/SerialIo.c index 0bdf4b9f63..7a849b7a01 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/SerialDxe/SerialIo.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/SerialDxe/SerialIo.c @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** @file
- Serial IO Abstraction for GDB stub. This allows an EFI consoles that shows up on the system
+ Serial IO Abstraction for GDB stub. This allows an EFI consoles that shows up on the system
running GDB. One console for error information and another console for user input/output.
Basic packet format is $packet-data#checksum. So every command has 4 bytes of overhead: $,
- #, 0, 0. The 0 and 0 are the ascii characters for the checksum.
+ #, 0, 0. The 0 and 0 are the ascii characters for the checksum.
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2013-2014, ARM Ltd. All rights reserved.<BR>
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ EFI_HANDLE gHandle = NULL; Reset the serial device.
@param This Protocol instance pointer.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The device was reset.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The serial device could not be reset.
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ SerialSetControl ( @param This Protocol instance pointer.
@param Control A pointer to return the current Control signals from the serial device.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The control bits were read from the serial device.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The serial device is not functioning correctly.
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ SerialWrite ( )
{
UINTN Count;
-
+
Count = SerialPortWrite (Buffer, *BufferSize);
if (Count != *BufferSize) {
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ SerialRead ( return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
-//
+//
// Template used to initialize the GDB Serial IO protocols
//
EFI_SERIAL_IO_MODE gSerialIoMode = {
@@ -379,13 +379,13 @@ SerialDxeInitialize ( // Make a new handle with Serial IO protocol and its device path on it.
Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &gHandle,
+ &gHandle,
&gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid, &gSerialIoTemplate,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &mDevicePath,
+ &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &mDevicePath,
NULL
);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+
return Status;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/SimpleTextInOutSerial/SimpleTextInOut.c b/EmbeddedPkg/SimpleTextInOutSerial/SimpleTextInOut.c index 5905a108b1..8df58fce22 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/SimpleTextInOutSerial/SimpleTextInOut.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/SimpleTextInOutSerial/SimpleTextInOut.c @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ /** @file
- Simple Console that sits on a SerialLib.
+ Simple Console that sits on a SerialLib.
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ **/
-/*
+/*
Symbols used in table below
===========================
ESC = 0x1B
@@ -295,17 +295,17 @@ ReadKeyStroke ( )
{
CHAR8 Char;
-
+
if (!SerialPortPoll ()) {
return EFI_NOT_READY;
}
-
+
SerialPortRead ((UINT8 *)&Char, 1);
-
+
//
// Check for ESC sequence. This code is not techincally correct VT100 code.
// An illegal ESC sequence represents an ESC and the characters that follow.
- // This code will eat one or two chars after an escape. This is done to
+ // This code will eat one or two chars after an escape. This is done to
// prevent some complex FIFOing of the data. It is good enough to get
// the arrow and delete keys working
//
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ ReadKeyStroke ( Key->ScanCode = SCAN_HOME;
break;
case 'K':
- case 'F': // PC ANSI
+ case 'F': // PC ANSI
Key->ScanCode = SCAN_END;
break;
case '@':
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ ReadKeyStroke ( Key->ScanCode = SCAN_INSERT;
break;
case 'P':
- case 'X': // PC ANSI
+ case 'X': // PC ANSI
Key->ScanCode = SCAN_DELETE;
break;
case 'U':
@@ -419,12 +419,12 @@ ReadKeyStroke ( }
}
} else if (Char < ' ') {
- if ((Char == CHAR_BACKSPACE) ||
- (Char == CHAR_TAB) ||
- (Char == CHAR_LINEFEED) ||
+ if ((Char == CHAR_BACKSPACE) ||
+ (Char == CHAR_TAB) ||
+ (Char == CHAR_LINEFEED) ||
(Char == CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN)) {
// Only let through EFI required control characters
- Key->UnicodeChar = (CHAR16)Char;
+ Key->UnicodeChar = (CHAR16)Char;
}
} else if (Char == 0x7f) {
Key->ScanCode = SCAN_DELETE;
@@ -523,13 +523,13 @@ OutputString ( EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_MODE *Mode;
UINTN MaxColumn;
UINTN MaxRow;
-
+
Size = StrLen(String) + 1;
OutputString = AllocatePool(Size);
//If there is any non-ascii characters in String buffer then replace it with '?'
//Eventually, UnicodeStrToAsciiStr API should be fixed.
- SafeUnicodeStrToAsciiStr(String, OutputString);
+ SafeUnicodeStrToAsciiStr(String, OutputString);
SerialPortWrite ((UINT8 *)OutputString, Size - 1);
//
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ SetCursorPosition ( This,
Mode->Mode,
&MaxColumn,
- &MaxRow
+ &MaxRow
);
if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ SimpleTextInOutEntryPoint ( &mSimpleTextIn.WaitForKey
);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+
Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces(
&mInstallHandle,
&gEfiSimpleTextInProtocolGuid, &mSimpleTextIn,
@@ -754,6 +754,6 @@ SimpleTextInOutEntryPoint ( gST->ConOut = &mSimpleTextOut;
gST->ConIn = &mSimpleTextIn;
}
-
+
return Status;
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/SimpleTextInOutSerial/SimpleTextInOutSerial.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/SimpleTextInOutSerial/SimpleTextInOutSerial.inf index e1c5ea6fb6..4b45f83889 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/SimpleTextInOutSerial/SimpleTextInOutSerial.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/SimpleTextInOutSerial/SimpleTextInOutSerial.inf @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ #/** @file
-#
+#
# Component description file for Bds module
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
#**/
[Defines]
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ SerialPortLib
[Guids]
-
+
[Protocols]
- gEfiSimpleTextInProtocolGuid
- gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid
- gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid
+ gEfiSimpleTextInProtocolGuid
+ gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid
+ gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid
gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid
[FixedPcd]
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/TemplateSec/TemplateSec.c b/EmbeddedPkg/TemplateSec/TemplateSec.c index b43bb13e40..c63adbb6f9 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/TemplateSec/TemplateSec.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/TemplateSec/TemplateSec.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
+
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -46,30 +46,30 @@ CEntryPoint ( MemoryLength = (UINT64)MemorySize;
HobBase = (VOID *)(UINTN)(FixedPcdGet32(PcdEmbeddedFdBaseAddress) + FixedPcdGet32(PcdEmbeddedFdSize));
CreateHobList (MemoryBase, MemorySize, HobBase, StackBase);
-
+
MemoryBegin = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)StackBase;
MemoryLength = (UINT64)StackSize;
UpdateStackHob (MemoryBegin, MemoryLength);
DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "CEntryPoint (%x,%x,%x,%x)\n", MemoryBase, MemorySize, StackBase, StackSize));
-
+
//
// Add your C code stuff here....
//
-
-
+
+
//
// Load the DXE Core and transfer control to it
//
-
- // Give the DXE Core access to our DEBUG and ASSERT infrastructure so this will work prior
+
+ // Give the DXE Core access to our DEBUG and ASSERT infrastructure so this will work prior
// to the DXE version being loaded. Thus we close the debugging gap between phases.
AddDxeCoreReportStatusCodeCallback ();
-
+
//BuildFvHobs (PcdBfvBase, PcdBfvSize, NULL);
-
+
LoadDxeCoreFromFv (NULL, 0);
-
+
// DXE Core should always load and never return
ASSERT (FALSE);
}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/TemplateSec/TemplateSec.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/TemplateSec/TemplateSec.inf index 81f4ac761b..3a63e59294 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/TemplateSec/TemplateSec.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/TemplateSec/TemplateSec.inf @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ #/** @file
-#
+#
# Component description file for DxeIpl module
-#
+#
# The responsibility of this module is to load the DXE Core from a Firmware Volume. This implementation i used to load a 32-bit DXE Core.
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
#**/
[Defines]
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
+
[LibraryClasses]
BaseLib
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ PeCoffLib
CacheMaintenanceLib
PrePiLib
-
+
[Pcd]
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedFdBaseAddress
gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdEmbeddedFdSize
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/ComponentName.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/ComponentName.c index 030a54f72b..0161f56d91 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/ComponentName.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/ComponentName.c @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ Component Name Protocol implementation for the MMC DXE driver
Copyright (c) 2011, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Diagnostics.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Diagnostics.c index 310b7cc820..783e548d2a 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Diagnostics.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Diagnostics.c @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ Diagnostics Protocol implementation for the MMC DXE driver
Copyright (c) 2011-2014, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Mmc.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Mmc.c index 9327bd6337..570e1d2e43 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Mmc.c +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Mmc.c @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ Main file of the MMC Dxe driver. The driver entrypoint is defined into this file.
Copyright (c) 2011-2013, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ MmcDriverBindingSupported ( }
/**
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ MmcDriverBindingStart ( }
/**
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL gMmcDriverBinding = { };
/**
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -442,8 +442,8 @@ MmcDxeInitialize ( CheckCardsCallback,
NULL,
&gCheckCardsEvent);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
Status = gBS->SetTimer(
gCheckCardsEvent,
TimerPeriodic,
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Mmc.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Mmc.h index e84c3c1cdf..301561a282 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Mmc.h +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/Mmc.h @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ Main Header file for the MMC DXE driver
Copyright (c) 2011-2014, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ typedef enum { } CARD_TYPE;
typedef struct {
- UINT32 Reserved0: 7; // 0
+ UINT32 Reserved0: 7; // 0
UINT32 V170_V195: 1; // 1.70V - 1.95V
UINT32 V200_V260: 7; // 2.00V - 2.60V
UINT32 V270_V360: 9; // 2.70V - 3.60V
UINT32 RESERVED_1: 5; // Reserved
- UINT32 AccessMode: 2; // 00b (byte mode), 10b (sector mode)
+ UINT32 AccessMode: 2; // 00b (byte mode), 10b (sector mode)
UINT32 PowerUp: 1; // This bit is set to LOW if the card has not finished the power up routine
} OCR;
@@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ typedef struct { UINT8 PERM_WRITE_PROTECT: 1; // Permanent write protection [13:13]
UINT8 COPY: 1; // Copy flag (OTP) [14:14]
UINT8 FILE_FORMAT_GRP: 1; // File format group [15:15]
-
+
UINT16 RESERVED_2: 5; // Reserved [20:16]
UINT16 WRITE_BL_PARTIAL: 1; // Partial blocks for write allowed [21:21]
UINT16 WRITE_BL_LEN: 4; // Max. write data block length [25:22]
UINT16 R2W_FACTOR: 3; // Write speed factor [28:26]
UINT16 RESERVED_3: 2; // Reserved [30:29]
UINT16 WP_GRP_ENABLE: 1; // Write protect group enable [31:31]
-
+
UINT32 WP_GRP_SIZE: 7; // Write protect group size [38:32]
UINT32 SECTOR_SIZE: 7; // Erase sector size [45:39]
UINT32 ERASE_BLK_EN: 1; // Erase single block enable [46:46]
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ typedef struct { UINT32 VDD_R_CURR_MAX: 3; // Max. read current @ VDD max [58:56]
UINT32 VDD_R_CURR_MIN: 3; // Max. read current @ VDD min [61:59]
UINT32 C_SIZELow2: 2; // Device size [63:62]
-
+
UINT32 C_SIZEHigh10: 10;// Device size [73:64]
UINT32 RESERVED_4: 2; // Reserved [75:74]
UINT32 DSR_IMP: 1; // DSR implemented [76:76]
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ typedef struct { UINT8 TRAN_SPEED ; // Max. bus clock frequency [103:96]
UINT8 NSAC ; // Data read access-time 2 in CLK cycles (NSAC*100) [111:104]
UINT8 TAAC ; // Data read access-time 1 [119:112]
-
+
UINT8 RESERVED_5: 6; // Reserved [125:120]
UINT8 CSD_STRUCTURE: 2; // CSD structure [127:126]
} CSD;
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ typedef struct _MMC_HOST_INSTANCE { EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL BlockIo;
CARD_INFO CardInfo;
EFI_MMC_HOST_PROTOCOL *MmcHost;
-
+
BOOLEAN Initialized;
} MMC_HOST_INSTANCE;
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ extern LIST_ENTRY mMmcHostPool; /**
Reset the block device.
- This function implements EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL.Reset().
+ This function implements EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL.Reset().
It resets the block device hardware.
ExtendedVerification is ignored in this implementation.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ MmcReset ( /**
Reads the requested number of blocks from the device.
- This function implements EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL.ReadBlocks().
+ This function implements EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL.ReadBlocks().
It reads the requested number of blocks from the device.
All the blocks are read, or an error is returned.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ MmcReadBlocks ( /**
Writes a specified number of blocks to the device.
- This function implements EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL.WriteBlocks().
+ This function implements EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL.WriteBlocks().
It writes a specified number of blocks to the device.
All blocks are written, or an error is returned.
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/MmcDxe.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/MmcDxe.inf index 5a05ed8be4..f9a2b9c703 100644 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/MmcDxe.inf +++ b/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/MmcDxe.inf @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ # Build file for the MMC DXE driver
#
# Copyright (c) 2011-2014, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+# This program and the accompanying materials
+# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+#
+# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#
#**/
@@ -47,6 +47,6 @@ gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid
gEfiMmcHostProtocolGuid
gEfiDriverDiagnostics2ProtocolGuid
-
+
[Depex]
TRUE
|